VOLVO EW160B-3 Elec. System, Warning System, Information System, Instruments

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 391

Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electrical system, special 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
instructions for servicing
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electrical system, special instructions for servicing


WARNING
No changes may be made to the electrical system without prior approval from Volvo. Changes may affect machine
functions and can result in risks for personal injury or machine damage.

WARNING
Carelessness during work on the electrical system may result in risk of serious personal injuries and machine
damage. Carefully read the general instructions below as well as the special instructions in respective method
section before servicing the electrical system. Also read the instructions in Section Safety.

WARNING
Always remove watches, rings, bracelets and other metallic objects from the body before starting to work on the
electrical system.

 The minus connection of the battery must always be disconnected before installing or removing components and
connections in the electrical system.
NOTE!
Incorrect handling may cause damage to, for example, control unit/ECU which results in downtime.

 Never disconnect the main electric current or disconnect battery cables when the engine is running.
 Fully charged batteries must be used when checking the electrical system. If the batteries are not fully charged,
charge them or replace with new batteries.
 During battery charging, the battery terminal cables must always be disconnected from the battery.
 When changing batteries connected in series, the batteries should have the same capacity (for example, 170 Ah).
The batteries should be of the same age (equally good).
The reason for this is that the charging current required to give the battery a certain charge varies with the age of
the battery.
 Only batteries may be used as assistive starting devices.
An auxiliary starter unit and/or batteries connected in series to assist when starting may result in high (excess)
voltage and can seriously damage electronic/electric components.
 Before any alternator or regulator tests are performed, the batteries and electrical cabling must be checked for
faulty insulation, loose connections and corrosion. Check the alternator belts. All known defects must be corrected
before electrical testing is commenced.
 Check and replace, as needed, the alternator belt before troubleshooting. At the correct belt tension, it should be
possible to push in the belt 8 mm (0.3 in) between the belt pulleys.

NOTICE
Always connect cabling in a safe manner and make sure that cables are free from rust/dirt. A disconnected
cable may cause damage to both alternator and charging regulator.

NOTICE
Never disconnect the alternator connections when the engine is running. This may damage both alternator
and charging regulator.

NOTICE
Make sure that the alternator plus connection is not connected to the frame. This will damage the
alternator, and may also damage the regulator.
 During electric welding on the machine, the battery cables must be disconnected and the connectors must be
unplugged from the control units.
 During any sandblasting work on the machine, work with great care to prevent damage to electrical cabling and
components.
 During washing do not aim the water jet directly at electrical components when using a high-pressure washer.
This is especially important when using warm water in combination with degreasing agents.
 Before drilling or making any other holes in the machine, all electrical components in the area must be located with
great accuracy.
 If the connectors have been unplugged from a control unit, both the connection and the connector should be clean
and dry before plugging in the connector.
A damaged connector must never be plugged in to a control unit since the control unit pins may be damaged.
 If a connector on any of the data buses has been damaged, the bus must be replaced.
Note that the two cables included in each data bus are paired and twisted in order to protect them from electrical
interference. Cabling must only be repaired by trained personnel. As an alternative, the entire cable harness can be
completely replaced.

NOTICE
Electronic equipment is sensitive and may easily be damaged by electro-magnetic fields and/or by static electricity
from tools or the human body. Therefore, always follow the instructions below when performing work involving
electronic components.

The following instructions must be followed in order to meet the requirements for electro-magnetic compatibility
(EMC and ESD).

 Connections to an electronic component must never be disconnected when the unit is supplied with electric power,
this may damage the electronics.
 Discharge any static electricity in tools before servicing the electrical system by touching the tool to a metallic
machine part that is connected to the frame.
 Never touch the connector pins on electronic units.
 Avoid touching circuit boards when servicing the electrical system. If this is necessary – only hold the circuit board
by the edges.
 Never touch individual electronic components.
 Make sure that ground cables are securely connected when replacing units.
 Never replace paired, twisted cabling with paired, non-twisted cabling.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electrical system, 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electrical system, description


This section of the service manual describes the design and construction of the electrical system and all included
components. This section also contains functional descriptions, troubleshooting and method instructions for servicing.
The electrical system consists, in part, of electrical and electro-mechanical components such as batteries, switches, solenoid
valves, fuses and relays. The electrical system also consists of a computer-based control system that monitors and controls
machine functions.
In order to access certain settings in the information system, special service instruments are required; VCADS Pro and
Contronic service display unit. User instructions for VCADS Pro are available in a separate user’s manual while instructions for
the Contronic service display unit are included in the section dealing with the information system.

WARNING
For all servicing of the electrical system, the general instructions must be strictly followed.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electronic control system, 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electronic control system, description


General vehicle electronics
The new vehicle electronics, based on the data bus principle, lay the foundation for being able to proceed with development
and design of the system.
The improved diagnostic possibility makes for easier, faster and safer troubleshooting.
Further, the operator’s demand for information is fulfilled, through added functionality of the instrument, with the possibility
of obtaining read-outs of important information from the different electronic control units.
Conventional control system

Figure 1
Conventional system with connections

In principle, a conventional control system is designed in such a way that one or several of the vehicle’s components have
their own control unit that receives signals from various sensors (earlier generations of excavators have only been equipped
with a vehicle control system). Each control unit serves its own component and sends signals to the other control units and
operating controls by way of electrical cabling.
For example, an engine control unit that receives signals from various sensors on the engine and eventually from other
control units on the vehicle. Engine speed control switch position, travel speed signal, etc. are sent to the engine control unit
by way of cabling from different sensors and switches.
There must be one or several connections (sockets) in the system, where tools can be plugged in for programming and for
read-out of information and eventual error codes.
In the future, the individual machine components will require several control units per component, and machine electronics
will become increasingly complex. In time, this will limit the possibilities for a conventional control system to handle its task.
Data bus system
Figure 2
All control units (ECU) are connected via data buses

Volvo CE’s new vehicle electronics are based on the principle that all communication between the control units in the system
takes place by way of two data buses.
The main vehicle components are equipped with their own control units, that are connected to the buses for communication
with each other.
Simplified, this can be described as follows; when the operator wants to increase speed, a signal is sent from the engine
speed control switch or pedal (T mode) to the vehicle control unit and, through a data bus, the signal is transmitted to the
engine control unit.
The engine control unit communicates with the other control units by way of the buses, either by asking a question or by
receiving direct communication that all is in order to be able to "execute the command".
If a malfunction should appear in a system, a signal is sent out on the information bus, which makes it possible to read the
information, either on the operator’s instrument, with the Contronic service display unit, or with a VCADS Pro connected to
the service connection.
The data bus system provides a very flexible solution with extensive add-on possibilities.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Communication with data 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
buses
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Communication with data buses

Figure 1
Communication

E-ECU Engine control unit


I-ECU Instrument control unit
V-ECU Vehicle control unit
T-ECU Pump control unit
IS Service socket for service display unit and VCADS Pro

General
The vehicle electronics are based on the principle that all communication between control units in the system takes place via
two data buses.
The machine's four control units are connected to the buses to be able to communicate with each other.
Communication between the different control units as well as reporting from control units to service sockets takes place on
data buses CAN/J1939 and J1708/J1587.
The buses adhere to SAE-standard and consist of two pair-twisted cables. The purpose of the twisting is to protect the bus
from electrical interference.
If a malfunction should occur in the system, a signal is sent on the information bus, making it possible to read the
information, either on the operator's instruments or via the service display unit or VCADS Pro.
The figure shows the principle for how the control units and service sockets are connected to the buses.
CAN/J1939 control bus
The system's control signals are sent via this bus. The control bus is very fast, which is a requirement for control of the whole
system to function and quickly adapt to varying conditions.
The main communication alternative is the CAN/J1939 bus. However, for E–ECU, some control data is only sent on the
J1708/J1587 bus.
J1708/J1587 information bus
The information bus is connected to the control units and service socket. Information and diagnostic signals are sent on this
bus. In addition, some control data is sent from the engine control unit via this bus.
The bus also functions as "back-up" for the control bus if it doesn't work for some reason.
Via the information bus, the system's status is updated continuously and is available for reading.
By connecting the service display unit or VCADS Pro to service sockets, it's possible to read error codes, perform tests, empty
logged information, upload parameters and upload software.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Data buses, function 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Data buses, function

Figure 1
The oscilloscope display shows voltage level on the data bus

Data buses constitute a way to transmit information between different components.


In conventional systems, primarily analogue signals have been used. Analogue signals mean that different voltage levels
represent different values.
A simplified example of analogue signals:
1 Volt = 10 °C (50 °F), 2 Volt = 20 °C (68 °F), 3 Volt = 30 °C (86 °F), etc.
Data buses use digital communication. This means that voltage only varies between two different values, either "high" or
"low". By combining these high and low signals, it is possible to describe different values.
The illustration shows an oscilloscope display where voltage is measured on the data bus. As is evident in the illustration, the
greatest part of the time is "silent" on the bus, but every so often, a number of fast impulses can be seen. A collection of
impulses is called a message.
The enlarged oscilloscope display shows a message that consists of a combination of high and low voltage levels.
Messages and information content
Figure 2
Information content

The different voltage levels are represented by the different digits in the binary number system. The binary number system
only has two digits, ones and zeros.
The ones normally represent a high voltage, and the zeros represent a low voltage.
Note in the example from the oscilloscope display, in this case, ones are shown as low voltage and zeros are shown as high
voltage, and this depends on which bus and on which cables the measurement is performed.
Every individual binary digit is called a "bit". This message consists of four groups of binary digits.
The start and stop bits are shaded since they do not contain any information.
Each group constitutes 1 Byte = 8 bits. One Byte can represent a value between 0 (0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0) and 255 (128+64
+32+16+8+4+2+1).
shows the information content in the four different parts of the message.
The square in the illustration shows the different binary and decimal values that the information in the message contains.
NOTE!
The information is sent out on the bus with the "lowest" digit first of the binary digits. The normal way of noting binary
numbers is shown in the square in the illustration.

Figure 3
Voltage levels binary data

The purpose of the start and stop bits is only to function as markers for where the group begins and ends. In , only the start
and stop bits are marked, the other information is shaded.
Identification number
Figure 4
Identification of control units and components

Abbreviation Explanation

MID Message Identification D escription (identification of control unit). There is a unique number for each
control unit.

PID Parameter Identification D escription (identification of parameter/value). There is a unique number for
each parameter.

PPID Proprietary Parameter I dentification Description (Volvo-uniqueidentification of parameter/value).


There is a Volvo-unique number for each parameter.

SID Subsystem Identification D escription (identification of component). The SID-number depends on


which control unit (MID) that they are sent from. Each control unit has its own number series for SID.
The exceptions are SID-numbers 151 –255 which are general for all systems.

PSID Proprietary Subsystem I dentification Description. (Volvo-uniqueidentification of component).

FMI Failure Mode I dentifier (identification of failure type).


Figure 5
Identification of control units and components

The message consists of four parts, A, B, C and D, see .

Message on data bus

Part Explanation

A MID. MID 128 shows that the message comes from the engine control unit.

B PID. PID 100 shows component oil pressure sensor.

C Data part. In this example, it is shown what the engine oil pressure is. The value can vary between 000 for
minimum oil pressure and 255 for maximum oil pressure.

D Check sum. In this example, 240. The check sum is a check that the message is reasonable.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service connection and 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
programming connection
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service connection and programming connection

Figure 1
Electronic control system

IS Service connection, Contronic I Output data from the system/control units for Contronic, i.e.
logged information, error codes
J Input data to the system/control units from Contronic, i.e. setting
of parameters
IS Service connection, PC (VCADS Pro and I Output data from the system/control units to VCADS Pro/MATRIS,
MATRIS) i.e. test data, error codes
J Input data to the system/control units from VCADS Pro i.e.
downloading software/program, setting of parameters

Figure 2
Service socket
The service connection (socket) and programming socket are located by the radio, .
The service socket is connected to the information bus and is used for communication with the following external
equipment.
VCADS Pro is the PC-tool used for:

 Programming of control units


 Downloading of vehicle parameters
 Reading of error codes
 Testing and checking of functions/components

When troubleshooting, this is of very significant importance, since all vital parts in the vehicle electronics can be checked
with VCADS Pro.
Contronicservice display unit is used for:

 Reading of error codes


 Showing machine information/status for engine and hydraulics
 Showing software (program) version in control unit
 Showing status of inputs and outputs on control units

MATRIS is Volvo CE’s PC software for reading vehicle history. Logged vehicle parameters are compiled, processed and
presented in the form of different diagrams.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Engine control unit E-ECU, 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
function description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Engine control unit E-ECU, function description


Control unit's sensors
The D6D engine's injection system is controlled completely by electronics with regards to injected amount and injection
timing. The system is called EMS (Engine Management System).
This section briefly describes the parts that are mounted on the engine. A number of other parts affect the system, for
example, the sensor for engine speed.
The central part in the system, control unit E-ECU, is located on the right side of the air cleaner. All cable connections for the
engine sensors have connectors with DIN-standard.

Figure 1
E-ECU, position

Control unit
The control unit E-ECU is the central part of the injection system. The unit is mounted in brackets with rubber dampers.
The E-ECU receives continuous information from V-ECU (requested engine speed) and a number of sensors on the engine. It
also calculates the fuel amount and at what time the fuel should be injected into the cylinders.
The E-ECU stores information if a malfunction should occur, or if something in the system is abnormal. Even malfunctions
that occur sporadically are stored in the control unit and can thus be traced at a later time.
Functions

 Fuel amounts, injection pump


 Temperatures
 Preheating coil, preheating
 Operating speed (rpm)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Instrument control unit I- 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
ECU, function description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Instrument control unit I-ECU, function description

Figure 1
I-ECU, position

The Instrument electronic control unit (I-ECU) is located in the cab on the right side of the steering wheel.
The I-ECU displays the information received from the sensors and switches of the machine to alert the operator of any
abnormality.
All control lamps should be checked daily and replaced if burnt-out because the indicators alert the operator of a failure in
the machine.
The I-ECU contains a coolant temperature gauge, fuel gauge, hour meter and alert indicators to show machine conditions.
Figure 2
I-ECU

The I-ECU receives information on the data bus. The information is processed and presented on the information display.
Functions

 The engine speed, the actual work mode (P-, T-, W- or C-mode), and the choosen flow are shown on the display
window.
 Values for battery voltage, ignition key number, hammer operating hour (option), settings of some option and error
codes can also be shown on the display window and in some cases changed.

I-ECU, checking
Before engine starting

 Before starting the engine, if you turn the start switch to the ON position all lamps are turned ON for 3 seconds. At
the same time the buzzer is operated 2 times with the cycle of 1.0 second ON and 1.0 second OFF.
 Check if all indicator lights come on, and if not, check for burnt-out light bulbs, and the plug–in connectors
(connector A, B) of the printed circuit board.

After engine starting

 Before start–up, the battery charge warning lamp and engine oil pressure warning lamp remain ON.
 Once the engine starts, the above indicators should go out.
 When the engine is run at very low speed, the battery charge warning lamp may remain ON. If this happens,
increase the engine speed, and check if the light goes off. If it remains ON, it is necessary to check the charging
system.
 If the engine oil pressure warning lamp remains ON for 2 ~ 3 seconds after the engine is running, stop the engine
and check the engine lubricating system.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Transmission control unit 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
T-ECU, functional
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Transmission control unit T-ECU, functional description

Figure 1
T-ECU, position

The transmission control unit (T-ECU) is located in the fuse box.


The transmission control unit used in Volvo's wheeled excavators monitors and controls the hydraulic system. It
communicates with the machine's other control units (E-ECU, I-ECU and V-ECU) via data links SAE J1587 and J1939.
Functions

 Self-diagnostics
 Flow control for P-, T-, W- and C-mode
 Flow control when using hammer (option)
 Monitoring position of travel pedal
 Monitoring position of parking brake
 Monitoring position of cruise control (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Vehicle control unit V-ECU, 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
function description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description

Figure 1
V-ECU, position

The V-ECU is mounted on the right cab wall in the cab.


The technical regulations define the specifications for a V-ECU that is to be used in Volvo's wheeled excavators equipped
with I-ECU, E-ECU and T-ECU with data links SAE J1587and J1939. The V-ECU is a main control unit and controls solenoid
valves, relays and proportional solenoid valves for hydraulics according to switches in the cab as well as machine sensors
with CAN communication with I-ECU, E-ECU and T-ECU in wheeled excavator from Volvo. It also handles logging of machine
data in order to give service personnel access to machine information.
Functions

 Self-diagnostics
 Indication of machine status
 Engine speed, sensing engine control
 Automatic idle
 Auto Power Boost and one-touch Power Boost
 Safe start and stop
 Emergency operation
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Data links, fault tracing 300 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
with Oscilloscope
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Data links, fault tracing with Oscilloscope


Op nbr 300-020

9998699 Adapter
9990014 Break out harness
9993893 Break out harness
88830028 Break out harness
88890040 Oscilloscope
88890180 Interface

1. Connect 88890040 Oscilloscope to the VCADS Pro computer and perform 37173–3; Datalinks, fault tracing with
Oscilloscope.
NOTE!
Instructions for how to connect the equipment are described in the VCADS Pro operation.

NOTE!
When the USB-interface (88890020) is default in VCADS Pro, this Interface must be connected to the computer to
be able to start the Oscilloscope operation. For computers with only one USB-port, the interface configuration
should be changed to 9998555.

It is not necessary to connect the interfaces to the machine.

2.

Figure 1
Screen shot, Oscilloscope software
Use button (1) to start or stop the read off
NOTE!
Use “Save as” to save the read off under your preferred name and location.

Detailed user support is available under the menu “Help” in the Oscilloscope software.

General issues
NOTE!
For explanations about Data links, see: 3002 Electronic control system, description;
3002 Communication with data buses; 3002 Data buses, function;
3021 SAE J1939/CAN control link, description and measuring;
3021 SAE J1708/1587 information link, description and measuring.

The following illustrations should be understood as an example and do not necessarily show exactly the
measurements standard graph. Signals can vary because of different machine types and models. The severity of
errors and the possibility to read off the signals from different measuring points have also influence to the read off
graph.
NOTE!
Communication errors may only be temporarily and do not necessarily create error codes.

NOTE!
For evaluation, see Service Information in Guided Diagnostic

Reference and error examples for J1939 (H/L)

3. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when the J1939 (H/L) is working in a proper way.
NOTE!

 The graph borders (1) are clear (vertical).


 The signal strength (2) for J1939 (H) and J1939 (L) is the same.
 The timing (start and duration) for both signals is identical (3).

Figure 2
Reference J1939 (H/L)

4. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when the J1939 (H) is affected by an additional
resistance.
NOTE!
 The J1939 (H) signal is reduced.
 The reduction of J1939 (H) has influence to J1939 (L).
 The timing (start and duration) for both signals is identical (3).

Figure 3
Resistor J1939 (H)

5. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when the J1939 (L) is affected by an additional
resistance.
NOTE!

 The J1939 (L) signal is reduced.


 The reduction of J1939 (L) has influence to J1939 (H).
 The timing (start and duration) for both signals is identical (3).
Figure 4
Resistor J1939 (L)

6. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when J1939 (H) has short circuit to J1939 (L).
Figure 5
Short circuit J1939 (H/L)

Reference and error examples for J1708/1587 (A/B)

7. The read off Signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when the J1708/1587 (A/B) is working in a proper
way.
NOTE!

 The graph borders (1) are clear (vertical).


 The signal strength (2) for J1708/1587 (A) and J1708/1587 (B) is the same.
 The timing (start and duration) for both signals is identical (3).
Figure 6
Reference J1708/1587 (A/B)

8. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when the J1708/1587 (A) is affected by an additional
resistance.
NOTE!

 The J1708/1587 (A) signal is reduced.


 The reduction of J1708/1587 (A) has no influence to J1708/1587 (B).
 The timing (start and duration) for both signals is identical (3).
Figure 7
Resistor J1708/1587 (A)

9. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when the J1708/1587 (B) is affected by an additional
resistance.
NOTE!

 The J1708/1587 (B) signal is reduced.


 The reduction of J1708/1587 (B) has no influence to J1708/1587 (A).
 The timing (start and duration) for both signals is identical (3).
Figure 8
Resistor J1708/1587 (B)

10. The read off signal should look similar to the illustrated graph, when J1708/1587 (A) has short circuit to J1708/1587
(B).
Figure 9
Short circuit J1708/1587 (A/B)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Troubleshooting, general Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Troubleshooting, general
WARNING
When troubleshooting in the electrical system, read through and follow the work instructions and safety instructions
in the concerned method sections.

This section of the Service Manual describes how to troubleshoot the electrical system. The section contains flow charts that
describe the various steps, and tables that show the signal routes and terms for the various functions.

See also 3020 Troubleshooting using alarm and error codes.

A special service display unit can be used when troubleshooting, see 387 Service display unit, description.
Other assistive devices for troubleshooting the electrical system:

 Wiring diagram and component lists


 Operator's Manual
 Possible component manuals
 Parts Catalogue

The first step in troubleshooting is to gather as much information as possible about how the malfunction is manifested.
NOTE!
The functions in the electronic system may vary depending on which software versions are installed in the electronic units.
Therefore, always check which software versions are installed before starting to troubleshoot.

See current service bulletins for information on updates and differences between software versions.

Malfunctions/errors may be indicated by:

 central warning flashing


 buzzer sounds
 error messages are shown on information display unit
 an error/malfunction symptom is obtained.

When any malfunction is suspected or confirmed it is important to determine the cause as soon as possible.
The first step in troubleshooting is to gather information from the operator regarding the error/malfunction symptom. Then,
attempt to pinpoint the cause by performing checks in a certain order, see 302 Troubleshooting strategy.
To facilitate troubleshooting and to make it more effective, there are a number of assistive devices available, for example,
VCADS Pro service tool and the service display unit, see 3020 Troubleshooting tools.

WARNING
Continued operation following a malfunction indication may result in damage to persons and property.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Collection of basic data Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Collection of basic data


General
Collection of basic data is the first step in all troubleshooting. This is done to get a quick and improved overall picture of
how the malfunction shows up.
In addition to information about machine and customer, it is important to get as much information as possible about events
in connection with the occurrence of the malfunction.
The operator can often have valuable information on the circumstances when the malfunction occurred. The operator is
almost always the person who notices the problem first.
Since it's seldom possible to recreate the experienced problems, without having exactly the same conditions, information
from the operator is of vital importance for correct assessments in continued troubleshooting.
Interview the operator using the following questions.
The answers should be noted and saved together with the work order.
The operator should be able to answer the following questions:
General information

 Customer information
 Dealer information
 Operator
 Machine specifications:

 Machine
 Serial number
 Machine hours
 Engine type
 Engine number
 Model year
 Delivery date
 Transmission type
 Transmission serial number

 Have you detected any error messages?


 Has any new electrical equipment been installed on the machine?

Description of malfunction or symptom

 Describe the problem.


 When did the problem occur?
 How was the problem discovered and what happened just before?
 Does the problem reappear?
 How often does the problem occur?
 For how long does the problem last when it occurs?
 Does the problem always occur during the same conditions, if so, what are the conditions?
 Does the operator have any idea of what the probable cause of the problem may be?
 Does the problem still exist?

Engine data

 Under what operating conditions does the problem occur?


 External circumstances that affect the problem?
 Is the engine difficult to start?
 Is there abnormal smoke?
 Is there any abnormal engine noise?
 Have you detected/confirmed any changes in fuel consumption, oil consumption or engine power?
 What type of fuel is used?
 Any additives used in the fuel? If yes, which ones?
 What repairs or other work has been performed on the engine?
 Other information?

Power transmission, data

 Under what operating conditions does the problem occur?


 External circumstances that affect the problem?
 What type of oil is used?
 Any additives used in the oil? If yes, which ones?
 When was the last oil change performed?
 Is difference in rolling circumference between tyres more than 1.5%?
 Other information?
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Troubleshooting tools Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Troubleshooting tools
Service manual
Service information for troubleshooting is available in the service manual. The different types of information are listed below:

 Instructions for checking electrical cables and connectors


A general description of these checks can be found in 3020 Electrical cables and connectors, checking.

 Wiring diagrams
Wiring diagrams are of great help during troubleshooting. Wiring diagrams provide cable designations, cable
colours as well as component and connector designations, etc.

 Component diagram
Supplemental information to the wiring diagrams is available in the form of component lists that illustrate the
location of machine components.

VCADS Pro
VCADS Pro is a PC-based service tool which has been developed in order to facilitate troubleshooting work. Components/
functions can be activated and values can be examined with VCADS Pro through the use of tests. Read-out of error
messages can also be performed using VCADS Pro.
For a description of VCADS Pro, see the separate user's manual and 3020 VCADS Pro service tool.
Service display unit
Input signals, output signals and parameters can be read using the service display unit. See
387 Service display unit, description.

Information display unit


The information display unit is used to read error messages, 3021 Error texts and troubleshooting information, general.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


VCADS Pro service tool Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

VCADS Pro service tool


General

Figure 1
VCADS Pro computer

The following is a brief description of the VCADS Pro service tool.


The name VCADS Pro is an abbreviation of Volvo Computer Aided Diagnostic System Professional.

Design of VCADS Pro

Figure 2
Start display

VCADS Pro contains programs for:

 Testing components and functions


 Downloading software for control units
 Storing performed work operations on job card

Operations
Figure 3
Example, tests and programming possibilities

Under Operations, there are several tests and programming possibilities divided according to function group.
The tests show, for example, sensor values, as well as graphic display of how a signal varies in time.
Programming is used to reprogram control units.
Read-out of error codes

Figure 4
Operations, read-out of error codes

Read-out of error codes from operations, function group 1 - Service and maintenance. To pin-point malfunction causes, it's
advantageous to use the service tool VCADS Pro. From VCADS Pro, it's possible to obtain error codes of the SAE-type, from
which the malfunction cause can be determined, see 3021 SAE error codes, translation to error messages, general.
Parameters
Figure 5
Example, read-out parameters

Read-out and programming of parameters takes place from operation, function group 1 - Service and maintenance.
Job card

Figure 6
Example, job card

The job card function is used to store work operations that have been performed with VCADS Pro, for example, test results
and results of error code read-outs and programming of parameters. The job card is stored locally in the computer in
question.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Special tools for Service Information 2014/5/7 0
troubleshooting
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Special tools for troubleshooting


The recommended measuring tools for checking electrical cables and components, for example, are listed below.

3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box


3020 999 0062 Extension cable
3020 999 3894 Template
3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
3020 999 8505 Adapter cable
3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
3020 999 3721 Service display unit
3020 11 668 006 Extension cable
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


999 8699 Multi-pin breaker Service Information 2014/5/7 0
box
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box


Description: Multi-pin breaker box
Part no. 999 8699
Specification: Multi-pin breaker box 62-pin with D-SUB connector.
The multi-pin breaker box is universal and can be used
for measuring a number of different connector types.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


999 0062 Extension cable Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

999 0062 Extension cable


Description: Extension cable
Part no. 999 0062
Specification: Extension cable 2.5 m for multi-pin breaker box 999
8699.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


999 3893 Adapter cable Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

999 3893 Adapter cable


Designation: Adapter cable
Part no. 999 3893
Specification: The adapter cable is used for measuring against V-
ECU.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


999 3894 Template Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

999 3894 Template


Designation: Template
Part no. 999 3894
Specification: Template for Multi-pin breaker box 999 8699.

NOTE!
The numbers on the template correspond to the pin-numbering on the connector.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


11 666 140 Multimeter Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

11 666 140 Multimeter


Description: Multimeter
Part no. 11 666 140
Specification: Multimeter used for fault diagnosis. (Similar
multimeters can also be used)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Troubleshooting using Service Information 2014/5/7 0
alarm and error codes
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Troubleshooting using alarm and error codes


Alarms and error messages are the best place to start when troubleshooting.
Alarm priority
The priority of alarms and messages determines in which order they are shown on the display, and how they are dealt with
and stored by the electronics system.

Priority Meaning
1, 2 Immediate danger and risk of personal injuries
3, 4 Risk of personal injuries if action is not taken, or
great danger of machine damage
5, 6 Risk of machine damage if action is not taken
7, 8 Malfunction, information

Alarms of priority 1–4 are displayed when the alarm conditions arise, and must be acknowledged. An alarm signal is
sounded until the message is acknowledge. Each occurrence of the alarm is registered.
Alarms of priority 5–8 are displayed when the alarm is activated, and thereafter once each time the engine is started. The
message must be acknowledged even if it is no longer shown on the display. An alarm is sounded for 10 seconds. The alarm
is counted when the alarm conditions disappear, in other words several alarms of the same type that are not fixed are only
counted once.
Alarms that are shown only by a signal light are displayed every time the alarm condition occurs. An alarm signal will also
sound for 10 seconds.
Storage of alarms and error messages
All alarms are stored in the display unit's memory and can be read off with the Contronic service display unit. Certain alarms
also have an error code which is shown on the operator's display.

See also the section 3020 Troubleshooting tools.


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Troubleshooting strategy Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Troubleshooting strategy
The basis for all troubleshooting is that a malfunction, symptom or defect is noticed. Troubleshooting strategy and
procedures are illustrated in the following flow chart.

Start

Basic data collection, see 3020 Collection of basic data.

Read-out of error messages. Error messages found?

YES
NO

 Note error messages.


 Troubleshoot using 3021 Error texts and troubleshooting information, general.
 Repair the defect/malfunction.
 Activate the concerned component or function.
 Read-out of error messages. Problem solved?

YES NO
OK Perform parameter check, see 387 Service display unit, description and 3020 VCADS Pro service tool Is any
parameter set incorrectly?

YES
NO
Re-program parameter. Problem solved?

YES NO

OK Troubleshoot using additional information.[ 1] 

The included steps in the troubleshooting strategy are described below.

1. Basic data collection. The basis for all troubleshooting is a symptom or malfunction. In order to establish a basis
for troubleshooting, data should be collected about the symptom/malfunction.
A data collection model is available as 3020 Collection of basic data.
2. Error messages provide a clear indication about the cause of the symptom or malfunction. Therefore, read out the
error messages from the information display unit before troubleshooting begins.
NOTE!
If new or repeated error messages are generated during troubleshooting, then these must be solved first before
continuing to troubleshoot.

A. Error messages are registered and compared with new or recurring error messages.
B. To verify that the problem has been repaired, the appropriate machine components/functions must be
activated to allow the control unit to perform a self-diagnosis and display new or recurring error
messages. The machine should be started and the component/function should be activated in order to
ensure that a self-diagnosis is conducted.
C. Error messages are read to verify that the symptom/malfunction has been repaired and to ensure that no
additional malfunctions have been generated as a result of the repair.

3. Parameters are checked to ensure that reasonable values are set. Se 387 Service display unit, description and
3020 VCADS Pro service tool.

[ 1]Additional information includes wiring diagrams, function descriptions and component troubleshooting.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electrical cables and Service Information 2014/5/7 0
connectors, checking
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electrical cables and connectors, checking


General
Checking electrical cables and connectors is an important part of troubleshooting the electrical system as malfunction
causes often can be related to poor contact or damaged electrical cables.
NOTE!
Check the fuses in questions before troubleshooting electrical cables and connectors.

Checks are performed using a multimeter, test unit and cable adapters, see 3020 Troubleshooting tools.
For repairs of electrical cabling and connectors, see separate Service manual: CABLES AND CONNECTORS.
To find suitable measuring points, see wiring diagrams.

NOTICE
The following should be observed when working on electrical systems.

 Measuring is not permitted by penetrating the electrical cable's insulation.


 Work carefully when measuring using a test cable in connectors so that connector pins and sleeves are not
damaged or expanded.

Connectors and cable terminals, checking


For all measurements that require dismantling of connectors, visually check connectors and cable terminals as follows.

1. Check for oxidation on the cable terminals. Oxidation may impair contact.
2. Check that the cable terminals are not damaged, that they are fully plugged into the insulator and that the
electrical cables are securely connected in the cable terminals.
3. Check that the cable terminals give good mechanical contact. Use a loose cable terminal to check.

Figure 1
Connector, checking mechanical contact
NOTE!
A special gauge is used for the engine control unit's connector.
Figure 2
Connector engine control unit, checking mechanical contact

Open circuit, checking


Open circuits in electrical cables and cable harnesses can be caused by, for example, chafing, crushing or pulling loads.
Check for open circuits as follows.

1. Unplug connectors in question at both ends of the cable harness.


2. Measure resistance between the ends of the electrical cables. The resistance should be ≈ 0 Ω for a cable without
open circuit.

Figure 3
Checking open circuit by measuring resistance
3. Shake the cable harness and pull lightly in the connectors while measuring to detect any eventual open circuit.

Figure 4
Troubleshooting open circuit

Short-circuiting to ground, checking


Short-circuiting between voltage-conducting cable and ground often result in a blown fuse. Check short-circuiting to
ground as follows.

1. Ignition in position 1.
2. Close all switches, activate functions in the circuit and check if any fuse blows.
3. Unplug any connectors for the components in question in the circuit so that these do not affect the measurements.
4. Measure resistance between electrical cable and ground. The resistance should be ∞ Ω for a cable without short-
circuit to ground.
Figure 5
Checking short-circuiting to ground (frame connection) by measuring resistance

Figure 6
Principle for measuring short-circuiting to ground (frame connection)

Short-circuiting to voltage, checking


Short-circuiting between a cable and voltage often results in a blown fuse when the cable is supplied with voltage.

1. Measure with a multimeter at suitable points in the circuit at the same time as the switch is closed and sensor is
activated.
The voltage value depends on several parameters. See wiring diagram, signal description and component
information.
2. Unplug connectors in question at both ends of the cable harness.
Measure resistance between cables that may be short-circuited to each other. The resistance should be ∞ Ω for
cables that are not short-circuited to each other.

Figure 7
Checking short-circuiting to voltage by measuring resistance

Figure 8
Principle for measuring short-circuiting to voltage

Contact resistance and oxidation, checking


Poor contact or temporarily recurring malfunctions may difficult to troubleshoot and are often caused by oxidation,
vibrations or by poor connection of electrical cables.
Moisture in connectors may also be a cause of contact problems, as well as damaged pins or sleeves.
The resistance in connectors and electrical cables should be ≈ 0 Ω. However, certain resistance may exist due to oxidation on
cable terminals.
If contact resistance is too high, there will be malfunctions. How great the resistance may be, without causing malfunctions,
depends on how great the load is in the circuit.
To check contact resistance and oxidation, see Connectors and cable terminals, checking.

NOTICE
Shake the cable harness and pull lightly on the connectors while measuring to find eventual loose connections.

Figure 9

Pins and sleeves, cleaning

1. Turn off the battery disconnector.


2. Blow the connectors clean using compressed air.
3. Spray the connectors with contact spray.

Figure 10
Connector, spraying with contact spray
4. Once again, blow the connectors clean using compressed air.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


951 1355 Adapter cable Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

951 1355 Adapter cable


Designation: Adapter cable
Part no. 951 1355
Specification: Adapter cable 42-pin for Multi-pin breaker box 999
8699.
Used for i.e. measuring against T-ECU.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


999 8505 Adapter cable Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

999 8505 Adapter cable


Designation: Adapter cable
Part no. 999 8505
Specification: The adapter cable is used for measuring against E-
ECU.
Note! For active measuring of E-ECU, 2 adapter cables
are required.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


999 3721 Service display Service Information 2014/5/7 0
unit
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

999 3721 Service display unit


Description: Service display unit
Part no. 999 3721
Specification: The service display unit can be used for fault diagnosis
when additional information is required from the
display panel.
See also 387 Service display unit, description.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


11 668 006 Extension cable Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

11 668 006 Extension cable


Description: Extension cable
Part no. 11 668 006
Specification: Extension cable for Service display unit.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Error texts and Service Information 2014/5/7 0
troubleshooting
information, general
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Error texts and troubleshooting information, general


The machine's control units have integrated diagnostic programs which monitor input and output signals for components
and functions. Any incorrect signals generate error texts in the information display panel.

130 PID190 4

Example error message


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SAE error codes, translation Service Information 2014/5/7 0
to error messages, general
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SAE error codes, translation to error messages, general


The VCADS Pro service tool uses SAE error codes that are designed using identification numbers divided into groups such
as, MID, PID and FMI. See 3020 VCADS Pro service tool.
The error codes consist of three digit groups with meaning according to the following.

Abbreviation Explanation
MID Message Identification Description (identification of control unit). A unique number for every control
unit.
PID Parameter Identification Description (identification of parameter/value). A unique number for every
parameter.
SID Subsystem Identification Description (identification of component).SID–number depends on which
control unit (MID) they're sent from. Every control unit has a number series of its own for SID.
Exceptions are SID–number 151–255, these are general for all systems.
FMI Failure Mode Identifier (identification of error/malfunction type).

The troubleshooting information in this service manual is based on Volvo error texts. During reading of error codes from
VCADS Pro, SAE error codes must be translated to Volvo error texts for further troubleshooting. The following references are
for tables used when translating from SAE error codes to Volvo error texts.

MID 128 Engine control unit (E–ECU)


MID 130 Hydraulic system control unit (T-ECU)
MID 140 Instrument control unit (I–ECU)
MID 187 Vehicle control unit (V–ECU)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Error codes, overview Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Error codes, overview


MID 128, E-ECU, error codes

SAE code Volvo error message, troubleshooting information


MID PID/SID FMI
128 PID 45 3, 4, 5 See 3021 128 PID45.
128 PID 91 9 See 3021 128 PID91.
128 PID 100 1, 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID100.
128 PID 102 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID102.
128 PID 105 0, 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID105.
128 PID 106 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID106.
128 PID 107 0, 3, 4, 5 See 3021 128 PID107.
128 PID 108 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID108.
128 PID 110 0, 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID110.
128 PID 111 1 See 3021 128 PID111.
128 PID 172 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID172.
128 PID 174 3, 4 See 3021 128 PID174.
128 SID 1 - 6 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 11 See 3021 128 SID1 - 6.
128 SID 21 2, 3, 8 See 3021 128 SID21.
128 SID 22 3, 4 See 3021 128 SID22.
128 SID 70 3, 4, 5 See 3021 128 SID70.
128 SID 231 9, 12 See 3021 128 SID231.
128 SID 240 2 See 3021 128 SID240.
128 SID 250 9, 12 See 3021 128 SID250.
128 SID 251 0, 1 See 3021 128 SID251.
128 SID 253 11 See 3021 128 SID253.
128 SID 254 2, 8, 11, 12 See 3021 128 SID254.

MID 130, T-ECU, error codes

SAE code Volvo error message, troubleshooting information


MID PID/SID FMI
130 PID 84 8 See 3021 130 PID84.
130 PID 190 3, 4, 8 See 3021 130 PID190.
130 PPID 1092 1, 2 See 3021 130 PPID1092.
130 PPID 1193 12 See 3021 130 PPID1193.
130 PPID 1194 12 See 3021 130 PPID1194.
130 PPID 1283 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1283.
130 PPID 1284 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1284.
130 PPID 1285 2 See 3021 130 PPID1285.
130 PPID 1286 2 See 3021 130 PPID1286.
130 PPID 1287 2 See 3021 130 PPID1287.
130 PPID 1288 12 See 3021 130 PPID1288.
130 PPID 1289 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1289.
130 PPID 1290 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1290.
130 PPID 1291 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1291.
130 PPID 1292 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1292.
130 PPID 1293 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1293.
130 PPID 1294 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1294.
130 PPID 1295 3, 4 See 3021 130 PPID1295.
130 PPID 1310 12 See 3021 130 PPID1310.
130 SID 231 9, 12 See 3021 130 SID231.
130 SID 240 2 See 3021 130 SID240.
130 SID 250 9, 12 See 3021 130 SID250.
130 SID 251 0, 1 See 3021 130 SID251.
130 SID 253 2 See 3021 130 SID253.
130 SID 254 2, 3, 12, 14 See 3021 130 SID254.

MID 140, I-ECU, error codes

SAE code Volvo error message, troubleshooting information


MID PID/SID FMI
140 SID 231 9, 12 See 3021 140 SID231.
140 SID 240 2 See 3021 140 SID240.
140 SID 250 9, 12 See 3021 140 SID250.
140 SID 253 2 See 3021 140 SID253.
140 SID 254 2 See 3021 140 SID254.

MID 187, V-ECU, error codes

SAE code Volvo error message, troubleshooting information


MID PID/SID FMI
187 PID 96 0, 4, 5 See 3021 187 PID96.
187 PPID 1110/3 See 3021 187 PPID1110/3.
187 PPID 1110/4 See 3021 187 PPID1110/4.
187 PPID 1110/7 See 3021 187 PPID1110/7.
187 PPID 1114 3, 5 See 3021 187 PPID1114.
187 PPID 1116 3, 5 See 3021 187 PPID1116.
187 PPID 1117 3, 5 See 3021 187 PPID1117.
187 PPID 1121 12 See 3021 187 PPID1121.
187 PPID 1127 12 See 3021 187 PPID1127.
187 PPID 1128 12 See 3021 187 PPID1128.
187 PPID 1129 12 See 3021 187 PPID1129.
187 PPID 1130 12 See 3021 187 PPID1130.
187 PPID 1131 12 See 3021 187 PPID1131.
187 PPID 1132 3 See 3021 187 PPID1132.
187 PPID 1150/1 1 See 3021 187 PPID1150/1.
187 PPID 1156 0, 3, 4, 5 See 3021 187 PPID1156.
187 PPID 1191 3, 4, 5 See 3021 187 PPID1191.
187 PPID 1309 12 See 3021 187 PPID1309.
187 SID 231 9, 12 See 3021 187 SID231.
187 SID 240 2 See 3021 187 SID240.
187 SID 250 9, 12 See 3021 187 SID250.
187 SID 251 0, 1 See 3021 187 SID251.
187 SID 253 2 See 3021 187 SID253.
187 SID 254 12 See 3021 187 SID254.

Explanation of FMI codes


FMI Explanation
0 Data applicable but above normal working range
1 Data applicable but below normal working range
2 Intermittent or incorrect data
3 Abnormally high voltage or short-circuiting to higher voltage
4 Abnormally low voltage or short-circuiting to lower voltage
5 Abnormally low current or open circuit
6 Abnormally high current or short-circuiting to frame ground
7 Incorrect response from mechanical system
8 Abnormal frequency
9 Abnormal updating rate
10 Abnormally large variations
11 Non-identifiable error/malfunction
12 Defective unit or component
13 Calibration values outside limits
14 Special instructions
15 Reserved for future use
16 Incorrect input signal to the function
17 Function cannot perform its task
18 Function gives an unreasonable result
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID45 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID45
Component: RE2501 Inlet air heater relay
Function: Monitoring induction air preheating relay
References
 370 Wiring diagram 3

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 11 668 006 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin 31 is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer alarm  Feed cable open circuit
 Central warning  Defective preheating relay

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin 31 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution NOTE!
The air heater is ON without the command from E-ECU. Stop
the engine immediately, and turn off the master switch.

 Defective preheating relay


 Poor connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Feed cable open circuit
 Buzzer caution  Defective fuse
 Defective preheating relay
 Poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B11-B31 R ≈ 132 Ω
B11-B31 U ≈ 24 V (Relay ON)
U ≈ 0 V (Relay OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID91 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID91
Component: T-ECU rpm request
Function: Monitoring the engine rpm request signal from T-ECU to E-ECU
via V-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 11 668 006 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  The E-ECU does not get the rpm request signal through J1939
 Buzzer caution or J1587.
 Both J1939 or J1587 are disconnected from V-ECU or T-ECU.
 No power supplied to V-ECU or T-ECU.
 Poor ground connection for V-ECU or T-ECU.
 Contact resistance in ECU connectors.
 Defective ECUs or poor connections.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID100 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID100
Component: SE2203 Engine oil pressure switch
Function: Monitoring engine oil pressure.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 1 NOTE!
 Error light Stop the engine immediately.
 Buzzer alarm
 Central warning  Sensor is not connected properly.
 Not enough engine oil.
 Pin A4 is disconnected.
 Pin A14 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Defective sensor or loose connection.

FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A14 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A4 or A5 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or loose connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A14 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A4-B9 U ≈ 5 V (While the
engine is ON.)
A14-A5 U ≈ 0.5 V (While the
engine is OFF.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID102 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID102
Component: SE2508 Charge air pressure sensor
Function: Monitoring the charge air pressure.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A3 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A4 is short-circuited to the ground or disconnected.
 Pin A5 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or loose connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A3 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A3-A5 U ≈ 1.1 V (While the
engine is off.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID105 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID105
Component: SE2507 Charge air temperature sensor
Function: Monitoring the charge air temperature
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0
 Error message  Pin A2 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer alarm  Pin A5 is disconnected.
 Central warning  Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A2 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A5 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A2 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A2-A5 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C (68 °F)
U ≈ 1.2 V at 40 °C (104 °
F)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID106 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID106
Component: SE2508 Charge air pressure sensor
Function: Monitoring the charge air pressure.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A3 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A4 is short-circuited to the ground or disconnected.
 Pin A5 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A3 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A3-A5 U ≈ 1.1 V (While the
engine is OFF.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID107 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID107
Component: SE2502 Air filter pressure switch
Function: Monitoring the pressure in the air filter.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0 NOTE!
 Error light Air filter is clogged.
 Buzzer caution
 Pin B17 or B8 is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 3
 Error message  Pin B17 or B8 is short-circuited to the battery plus or
 Buzzer caution disconnected.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin B17 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Defective sensor or poor connection.
 Buzzer caution

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B8-B17 U ≈ 20 V (clogged )
U ≈ 3 V (not clogged)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID108 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID108
Component: E-ECU Ambient air pressure sensor
Function: Monitoring the ambient air pressure
The signal from the air pressure sensor is used to calculate the
charge air and to compensate the fuel amount when the
machine is used at the high altitude.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou The sensor is placed on the circuit board of E-ECU and can not
s be measured separately.
NOTE!
Refer to VCADS Pro test 28407-8 'Checking sensor values,
engine running' and 28408-6 'Checking sensor values, engine
off'.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Internal malfunction in the control unit
 Buzzer caution  The control unit has been exposed to extremely high pressure.

FMI 4
 Error message  Internal malfunction in the control unit
 Buzzer caution  The control unit has been exposed to extremely low pressure.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID110 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID110
Component: SE2601 Coolant temperature sensor
Function: Monitoring the coolant temperature in the engine block.
The signal from SE2601 is used for controlling the cooling fan
speed.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0 NOTE!
 Error light The temperature of the coolant is high. Stop the engine immediately,
 Buzzer alarm and check the amount of the coolant or the cooling system.
 Central warning
 Pin A25 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A25 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A5 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A25 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A25-A5 U ≈ 3 V at 20 °C (68 °F)
U ≈ 0.6 V at 85 °C (185 °
F)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID111 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID111
Component: SE2603 Engine coolant level sensor
Function: Monitoring the engine coolant level
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 1
 Error light  Pin B7 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer alarm  Defective sensor.
 Central warning light

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B7-B8 R = 0 Ω (low level)
R = ∞ Ω (normal level)

B7-B8 U ≈ 20 V (normal level)


U ≈ 3 V (low level)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID172 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID172
Component: SE2501 Inlet air temperature sensor
Function: Monitoring the inlet air temperature.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Sensor is not installed.
 Buzzer caution  Pin B3 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Pin B13 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin B3 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B3-B13 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C (68 °F)
U ≈ 1.2 V at 50 °C (122 °
F)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 PID174 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 PID174
Component: SE2306 Fuel temperature sensor
Function: Monitoring the fuel temperature.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A13 is short-circuited to the battery plus or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A5 is disconnected.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A13 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A13-A5 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C (68 °F)
U ≈ 1.2 V at 50 °C (122 °
F)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID1 - 6 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID1 - 6
Component:
SID1: MA2301 Injector solenoid 1
SID2: MA2302 Injector solenoid 2
SID3: MA2303 Injector solenoid 3
SID4: MA2304 Injector solenoid 4
SID5: MA2305 Injector solenoid 5
SID6: MA2306 Injector solenoid 6
Function: Monitoring the injector solenoids.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable X 2 pieces

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Buzzer caution  Defective solenoid or poor connection.

FMI 3
 Error message  Positive cable (pin A11, A22, A33, A34, A35 or A36) is short-
 Buzzer caution circuited to the battery plus.
 Defective solenoid or poor connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Positive cable (pin A11, A22, A33, A34, A35 or A36) is short-
 Buzzer caution circuited to the ground.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective solenoid or poor connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Positive cable (pin A11, A22, A33, A34, A35 or A36) is
 Buzzer caution disconnected.
 Ground cable (pin A12 or A24) is disconnected.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective solenoid or poor connection.
FMI 7
 Error message  Mechanical malfunction in the solenoid valve.
 Buzzer caution  Defective solenoid or poor connection.

FMI 11
 Error message  Unidentifiable errors.
 Buzzer caution

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A11-A12 (Unit pump 1) R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω
A22-A12 (Unit pump 2)
A23-A12 (Unit pump 3)
A34-A24 (Unit pump 4)
A35-A24 (Unit pump 5)
A36-A24 (Unit pump 6)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID21 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID21
Component: SE2703 Camshaft speed sensor
Function: Monitoring the speed of the camshaft
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Sensor incorrectly installed (incorrect distance from ring to
 Buzzer caution gear)
 Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.
 Defective ring gear.

FMI 3
 Error message  Cable (pin A7 or A18) is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer caution  Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 8
 Error message  Sensor incorrectly installed (incorrect distance from ring to
 Buzzer caution gear)
 Incorrectly connected polarity.
 Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor.
 Defective ring gear.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A18-A7 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID22 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID22
Component: SE2701 Flywheel speed sensor
Function: Monitoring the speed of the engine flywheel.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Cable (pin A30 ro A31) is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer caution  Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.
 Damaged flywheel teeth

FMI 4
 Error message  Cable (pin A30 ro A31) is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.
 Damaged flywheel teeth

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A30-A31 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID70 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID70
Component: HE2501 Inlet air heater
Function: Monitoring induction air heating
References
 370 Wiring diagram 3

Tools
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 11 668 006 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin B5 is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer alarm NOTE!
 Central warning The air heater is ON without the command from E-ECU. Stop
the engine immediately, and turn off the master switch.

 Feed cable open circuit


 Defective air heater

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin B5 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Defective fuse
 Defective air heater
 poor connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Pin B5 is disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Feed cable open circuit
 Defective fuse
 Defective air heater
 poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B5-B9 R≈0Ω

B5-B9 U ≈ 24 V (Heater ON)


U ≈ 0 V (Heater OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID231 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID231
Component: E-ECU communication on the J1939 link
Function: Monitoring the E-ECU communication on the J1939 link
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
FMI 12  Error message  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Buzzer caution  Data bus (Pin B1 and B2) open circuit
 Data buses (Pin B1 and B2) are short-circuited to the battery
plus or the ground or each other.
 Defective E-ECU or poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B1-B2 R ≈ 110 Ω

B1-B9 U ≈ 2.7 V
B2-B9 U ≈ 2.3 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID240 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID240
Component: E-ECU Program memory
Function: Monitoring the program memory in the E-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the E-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should stop immediately in order to avoid risk of serious


damage caused by malfunction in the E-ECU.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in E-ECU
 Central warning  ECU communication error.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, passive
measuring conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID250 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID250
Component: E-ECU, J1587 link
Function: Monitoring the E-ECU communication on the J1587 link.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  Loose connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit
 Data bus (pin B25 or B26) is short-circuit to the battery plus or
the ground
 Internal data bus short circuit in cable harness

FMI 12
 Error message  Loose connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus (pin B25 or B26) open circuit

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B25-B9 U ≈ 3.3 V
B26-B9 U ≈ 1.5 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID251 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID251
Component: E-ECU, battery voltage
Function: Monitoring the battery voltage to the E-ECU
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 8505 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0
 Error message  High battery voltage between B11 and B9, or between B12
 Buzzer caution and B9.
 High charging voltage from the generator or other charging
equipment.

FMI 1
 Error message  Low battery voltage between B11 and B9, or between B12 and
 Buzzer caution B9.
 Poor battery or poor charging from the generator.
 Poor power supply connection at pin B11 and B12.
 Poor ground connection at pin B9.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B11-B12 R=0V
B11-B9 U ≈24 V
B12-B9
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID253 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID253
Component: E-ECU Calibration memory
Function: Monitoring the calibration memory in the E-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the E-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in E-ECU program
memory.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 11
 Error message  Internal malfunction in E-ECU
 Buzzer alarm  Program error
 Central warning

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, passive
measuring conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID253 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID253
Component: E-ECU Calibration memory
Function: Monitoring the calibration memory in the E-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the E-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in E-ECU program
memory.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 11
 Error message  Internal malfunction in E-ECU
 Buzzer alarm  Program error
 Central warning

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, passive
measuring conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


128 SID254 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

128 SID254
Component: E-ECU Controller
Function: Monitoring self-test in the E-ECU
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  If malfunction has occurred during operation, the E-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in E-ECU.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
FMI 8  Error message  Internal malfunction in E-ECU.
FMI 11  Buzzer alarm  Function controller failure.
FMI 12  Central warning

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, passive
measuring conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PID84 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PID84
Component: SE4202 Speed sensor, transmission (option)
Function: Monitoring the system for the travel speed
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 8
 Error message  Frequency is abnormal. (0 Hz or higher than 5 kHz)
 Buzzer caution  Sensor is not connected. (open circuit)
 Signal line or ground cable open circuit.
 Defective sensor.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 32-42 R ≈ 775-945 Ω
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PID190 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PID190
Component: SE2702 Flywheel speed sensor
Function: Monitoring the speed of the flywheel.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 16

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Cable (pin 33 or 42) is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer caution  Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor or loose connection.

FMI 4
 Error message  Cable (pin 33 or 42) is short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Cable (pin 33) is disconnected.
 Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor or loose connection.

FMI 8
 Error message  Sensor incorrectly installed (incorrect distance from the sensor
 Buzzer caution to the gear)
 Incorrectly connected polarity.
 Electrical interference on the speed (rpm) sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical cabling.
 Defective sensor or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 33-42 R ≈ 775-945 Ω
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1092 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1092
Component: SE5501 Pressure switch, parking brake
Function: Monitoring the pressure for the parking brake.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 11

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou The travel should stop immediately.


s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 1
 Error message  The servo hydraulic pressure for releasing the parking brake is
 Buzzer alarm lower than 25 ±2.5 bar when the parking brake is not applied.
 Central warning  Defective connector or switch.

FMI 2
 Error message  The servo hydraulic pressure for releasing the parking brake is
 Buzzer alarm higher than 25 ±2.5 bar when the parking brake is applied.
 Central warning  Defective connector or switch.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 25 - 1 R=∞Ω

25 - 42 U ≈ 24 V
1 - 42 U≈0V

25 - 42 U ≈ 27 V (When the parking brake is


1 - 42 U ≈ 27 V released.)
25 - 42 U≈0V (When the parking brake is
1 - 42 U ≈ 28 V applied.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1193 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1193
Component: PWM9101 Proportional valve, hydraulic pump
Function: Monitoring the proportional valve for the hydraulic pump
References
 370 Wiring diagram 16

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Pin 30 or 36 is short-circuted to the battery plus or ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin 30 and 36 are disconnected or shorted circuit in
PWM9101.
 Defective proportional valve.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 30-36 R ≈ 28 Ω

30-36 U ≈ 4 - 15 V (While the


engine is running.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1194 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1194
Component: PWM4201 Proportional valve, cruise control
Function: Monitoring the proportional valve for the cruise control (option)
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Pin 21 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin 15 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Pin 21 and 15 are disconnected.
 Short-circuited in PWM4201.
 Defective proportional valve.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 15-21 R ≈ 220 Ω

15-21 U ≈ 4 - 15 V (While the


engine is ON.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1283 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1283
Component: SW2701 Engine rpm control switch
Function: Controlling the speed (rpm) of the engine
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin 23 and 42 is higher than 4.8 V.
 Buzzer caution  Cables are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Electrical interference on the speed sensor.
 Poor insulation or damage cable
 Defective switch.

FMI 4
 Error message  The voltage between pin 23 and 42 is lower than 0.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  Cables are short-circuited to lower voltage or ground.
 Shorted circuit.
 Electrical interference on the speed sensor.
 Poor insulation or damage cable
 Defective switch.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 14-23 R ≈ 47.3 kΩ
14-42 R≈0Ω

23-42 U ≈ 0.2 V (The engine is


at low idle.)
U ≈ 4.8 V (The engine is
at high idle.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1284 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1284
Component: SE4201 pressure sensor, travel pedal
Function: Monitoring the pressure of the travel pedal.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin 22 and 42 is higher than 6 V.
 Buzzer caution  Cables are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Electrical interference on the sensor
 Poor insulation or damage cables
 Defective sensor

FMI 4
 Error message  The voltage between pin 22 and 42 is lower than 0.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  Cables are short-circuited to lower voltage or ground.
 Shorted circuit.
 Electrical interference on the sensor
 Poor insulation or damage cables
 Defective sensor

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 31-42 R ≈ 12 kΩ
31-14
22-31 R ≈ 38.7 kΩ

22-42 U ≈ 0.5-4.9 V
31-42 U≈5V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1285 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1285
Component: SW3613 Mode selector switch
Function: Monitoring the function of the mode selector switch
References
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Two or three pins between pin 2, 3 and 4 are short-circuited to
 Buzzer caution the battery plus.
 Defective mode selector switch.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
P mode 1-2 R≈∞Ω
1-3 R ≈ 7 MΩ
1-4 R ≈ 4.5 MΩ
T mode 1-2 R≈0Ω
1-3 R ≈ 223 kΩ
1-4 R ≈ 0.84 MΩ
W mode 1-2 R≈∞Ω
1-3 R≈0Ω
1-4 R ≈ 156 kΩ
C mode 1-2 R≈∞Ω
1-3 R ≈ 7 MΩ
1-4 R≈0Ω
Sub-system 2-42 U ≈ 24 V (T mode)
3-42 U ≈ 24 V (W mode)
4-42 U ≈ 24 V (C mode)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1286 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1286
Component: SW4202 Travel speed switch
Function: Monitoring the function of the travel speed switch
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Pin 12 and 13 are connected to the ground at the same time.
 Buzzer caution  Defective travel speed switch.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Creep speed 12-42 R=∞Ω
13-42 R=∞Ω
Low speed 12-42 R=0Ω
13-42 R=∞Ω
High speed 12-42 R=∞Ω
13-42 R=0Ω
Creep speed 12-42 U ≈ 10.6 V
13-42 U ≈ 10.6 V
Low speed 12-42 U=0V
13-42 U ≈ 10.6 V
High speed 12-42 U ≈ 10.6 V
13-42 U=0V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1287 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1287
Component: SW4201 Cruise control switch
Function: Monitoring the function of the cruise control
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscelaneous

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Pin 10 and 24 are connected to the battery plus or the ground
 Buzzer caution at the same time.
 Defective cruise control switch.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 10-42 R = 0 Ω (ON)
24-1 R = ∞ Ω (OFF)

10-42 U = 0 V (ON)
U = 11 V (OFF)
24-1 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1288 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1288
Component: MA4202 Travel solenoid valve
Function: Monitoring the function of the travel solenoid valve
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Pin 28 or 37 is short-circuited to the battery plus or ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin 28 and 37 are short-circuited each other or disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 28-37 R ≈ 32 Ω

28-37 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1289 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1289
Component: MA5501 Parking brake solenoid valve
Function: Monitoring the function of the parking brake solenoid valve
References
 370 Wiring diagram 11

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  While the solenoid is ON, pin 16 is short-circuited to the
 Buzzer caution ground, or pin 16 and 38 are short-circuited.
 Defective solenoid valve

FMI 4
 Error message  While the solenoid is OFF, pin 16 is short-circuited to the
 Buzzer caution battery plus.
 Defective solenoid valve

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 16-38 R ≈ 32 Ω

16-38 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
While the engine is
running.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1290 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1290
Component: RE4204 Q-max relay
Function: Monitoring the Q-max relay
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  While the relay is ON, pin 17 is short-circuited to the battery
 Buzzer caution plus.
 Defective relay.

FMI 4
 Error message  While the relay is OFF, pin 17 is short-circuited to the ground
 Buzzer caution or disconnected.
 Defective fuse.
 Defective relay.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 17-1 R ≈220 Ω

17-1 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1291 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1291
Component: RE4205 Cruise control relay
Function: Monitoring the cruise control relay.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  While the relay is ON, pin 20 is short-circuited to the battery
 Buzzer caution plus.
 Defective relay

FMI 4
 Error message  While the relay is OFF, pin 20 is short-circuited to the ground
 Buzzer caution or disconnected.
 Defective fuse
 Defective relay

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 20-1 R ≈ 220 Ω

20-1 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1292 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1292
Component: MA4203 Gear shifting solenoid valve
Function: Monitoring the solenoid valve for the gear selector.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  While the solenoid valve is ON, pin 6 is short-circuited to the
 Buzzer caution battery plus.
 Defective solenoid valve

FMI 4
 Error message  While the solenoid valve is OFF, pin 6 is short-circuited to the
 Buzzer caution ground or disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 6-1 R ≈ 32 Ω

6-1 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1293 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1293
Component: RE3524 Backward travel light relay
Function: Monitoring the function of the backward travel light relay.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 8

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  While the relay is ON, pin 19 is short-circuited to the battery
 Buzzer caution plus.
 Defective relay.

FMI 4
 Error message  While the relay is OFF, pin 19 is short-circuited to the ground
 Buzzer caution or disconnected.
 Defective fuse.
 Defective relay.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 19-1 R ≈ 220 Ω

19-1 U ≈ 24 v (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1294 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1294
Component: RE3601 Travel alarm (option)
Function: Monitoring the function of the travel alarm relay.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  While the relay is ON, pin 18 is short-circuited to the battery
 Buzzer caution plus.
 Defective relay.

FMI 4
 Error message  While the relay is OFF, pin 18 is short-circuited to the ground
 Buzzer caution or disconnected.
 Defective fuse.
 Defective relay.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 18-1 R ≈ 220 Ω

18-1 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1295 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1295
Component: T-ECU 5V Power supply for SE4201 pedal pressure sensor
Function: Monitoring the T-ECU voltage supply for the pedal pressure
sensor.
References 370 Wiring diagram 10
Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin 14 and 31 is higher than 5.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  Pin 31 is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Internal failure in T-ECU.

FMI 4
 Error message  The voltage between pin 14 and 31 is lower than 4.8 V.
 Buzzer caution  Pin 31 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Internal failure in T-ECU.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 31-14 U≈5V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 PPID1310 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 PPID1310
Component: PWM9104 Anti-cavitation proportional valve
Function: Monitoring the function of the anti-cavitation proportional
valve.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 10

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  While the proportional valve is ON, pin 29 is short-circuited to
 Buzzer caution the battery plus or the ground.
 While the proportional valve is ON, pin 35 is short-circuited to
the ground.
 While the proportional valve is ON, pin 29 and 35 are short-
circuited or disconnected.
 Defective proportional valve.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 29-35 R ≈ 28 Ω

29-35 U ≈ 4-15 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 SID231 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 SID231
Component: T-ECU, J1939 communication
Function: Monitoring the communication between the ECUs.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus short-circuit to voltage or ground.
 Internal data bus short-circuit in cable harness.

FMI 12
 Error message  Loose connection.
 Buzzer caution  Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
passive measuring, conditions .
Concerning the active measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
active measuring, conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 SID240 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 SID240
Component: T-ECU program memory
Function: Monitoring the program memory in the T-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the T-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in the T-ECU program
memory.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in the T-ECU.
 Central warning light  J1939 communication error.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
passive measuring, conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
active measuring, conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 SID250 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 SID250
Component: T-ECU, J1587 communication
Function: Monitoring the communication between the ECUs.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus short-circuit to voltage or ground.
 Internal data bus short-circuit in cable harness.

FMI 12
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 8-9 R ≈ 3 kΩ
8-42 U ≈ 3.4 V
9-42 U ≈ 1.5 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 SID251 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 SID251
Component: T-ECU, battery voltage
Function: Monitoring the battery voltage to the T-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 951 1355 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0
 Error message  The voltage between pin 1 and 42 is higher than 30 V.
 Buzzer caution

FMI 1
 Error message  The voltage between pin 1 and 42 is lower than 20 V.
 Buzzer caution  Poor ground connection at pin 42.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system 1-42 U ≈ 24 V (When SW2706
auto/manual switch is at
AUTO position.)
U = 0 V (When SW2706
auto/manual switch is at
MANUAL position.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 SID253 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 SID253
Component: T-ECU Calibration memory
Function: Monitoring the calibration memory in the T-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the T-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should stop immediately in order to avoid risk of serious


damage caused by malfunction in EEPROM data set memory for
T-ECU.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in the T-ECU.
 Central warning light  ECU communication error.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
passive measuring, conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
active measuring, conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


130 SID254 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

130 SID254
Component: T-ECU Controller
Function: Monitoring self-test in the T-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  If malfunction has occurred during operation, the T-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should stop immediately in order to avoid risk of serious


damage caused by malfunction in T-ECU.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Internal malfunction in the T-ECU. (Safety relay of the function
 Buzzer alarm controller is OFF.)
 Central warning light

FMI 3
 Error message  Internal malfunction in the T-ECU. (Safety relay of the safety
 Buzzer alarm controller is OFF.)
 Central warning light

FMI 12
 Error message  Internal malfunction in the T-ECU. (The function controller is
 Buzzer alarm out of order.)
 Central warning light

FMI 14
 Error message  Internal malfunction in the T-ECU. (Safety relay is always ON.)
 Buzzer alarm
 Central warning light

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
passive measuring, conditions .

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit,
active measuring, conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


140 SID231 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

140 SID231
Component: I-ECU, J1939 communication
Function: Monitoring the communication between the ECUs.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 7
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus short circuit to voltage or ground.
 Internal data bus short circuit in cable harness.

FMI 12
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


140 SID240 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

140 SID240
Component: I-ECU program memory
Function: Monitoring the program memory in the I-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 7
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the I-ECU
should be re-programmed or replaced.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in the I-ECU.
 Central warning light
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


140 SID250 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

140 SID250
Component: I-ECU, J1587
Function: Monitoring the communication between the ECUs.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 7
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus short-circuit to voltage or ground.
 Internal data bus short circuit in cable harness.

FMI 12
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


140 SID253 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

140 SID253
Component: I-ECU Calibration memory
Function: Monitoring the calibration memory in the I-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 7
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the I-ECU
should be re-programmed or replaced.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in I-ECU.
 Central warning light
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


140 SID254 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

140 SID254
Component: I-ECU Controller
Function: Monitoring the self-test in the I-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 7
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 16
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  If malfunction has occurred during operation, the I-ECU
should be re-programmed or replaced.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Internal malfunction in I-ECU. (Function controller failure)
 Buzzer alarm
 Central warning light
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PID96 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PID96
Component: SE2303 Fuel level sensor
Function: Monitoring the measuring of fuel level.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 22

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0
 Error message  The voltage between pin A15 and A63 is lower than 1.59 V.
 Buzzer caution  Cables are short-circuited to lower voltage or ground.
 Open circuit.
 Defective sensor.

FMI 4
 Error message  The voltage between pin A15 and A63 is lower than 0.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  Cables are short-circuited to lower voltage or ground.
 Open circuit.
 Defective sensor.

FMI 5
 Error message  Pin A63 is disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  The voltage between pin A15 and A63 is higher than 4.8 V.
 Cables are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Defective sensor.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A15-A63 R ≈ 82-352 Ω
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1110/3 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1110/3
Component: SE5203 Pressure switch, accumulator for brake pressure
Function: Monitoring the pressure in the accumulator for the service
brake.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 11

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause

 Error light  The pressure in the accumulator is lower than 80 bar.


 Buzzer alarm  The accumulator for the service brake is empty.
 Central warning light  Open circuit.
 Defective pressure switch or loose connection.

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A65-B8 R = 0 Ω (closed > 8 MPa)
R = ∞ Ω (open < 8 MPa)

A65-B8 U = 0 V (closed > 8 MPa)


U = 4.7 V (open < 8
MPa)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1110/4 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1110/4
Component: SE6401 Pressure switch, steering pressure
Function: Monitoring the steering pressure.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause

 Error light  The pressure is lower than 5 bar.


 Buzzer alarm  Open circuit
 Central warning light  Defective pressure switch or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A17-B8 R = 0 Ω (closed > 0.5
MPa)
R = ∞ Ω (open < 0.5
MPa)

A17-B8 U = 0 V (closed > 0.5


MPa)
U = 4.7 V (open < 0.5
MPa)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1110/7 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1110/7
Component: SE9153 Pressure switch, hydraulic oil filter
Function: Monitoring if the hydraulic oil filter is clogged.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause

 Error light  The pressure is higher than 4 bar.


 Buzzer alarm  Shorted circuit.
 Central warning light  Defective pressure switch.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A42-B8 R = 0 Ω (closed > 0.4
MPa)
R = ∞ Ω (open < 0.4
MPa)

A42-B8 U = 0 V (closed > 0.4


MPa)
U = 4.7 V (open < 0.4
MPa)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1114 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1114
Component: PWM9102 Proportional valve, oil cooler
Function: Monitoring the proportional valve for the hydraulic oil cooler.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A56 and A30 are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer caution  Defective proportional valve or loose connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Pin A56 and A30 are short-circuited to ground or
 Buzzer caution disconnected.
 Defective proportional valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A56-A30 R ≈ 24 Ω

A56-A30 U ≈ 4-15 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1115 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1115
Component: PWM9107 Proportional valve, coolant fan
Function: Monitoring the proportional valve for the coolant fan.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A8 and A54 are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer caution  Defective proportional valve or loose connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Pin A8 and A54 are short-circuited to ground or disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Defective proportional valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A8-A54 R ≈ 24 Ω

A8-A54 U ≈ 4-15 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1116 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1116
Component: PWM9105 Proportional valve, X3/X5 (left)
MA9110 Solenoid valve, rototilt left
Function: Monitoring the function of the left proportional valve for X3/X5.
Monitoring the function of the left rototilt solenoid valve.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 19

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin A29 and A55 is higher than 4.8 V.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A29 and A55 are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Defective valves or loose connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  The voltage between pin A29 and A55 is lower than 0.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A29 and A55 are short-circuited to the ground or
disconnected.
 Defective valves or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A29-A55 R ≈ 24 Ω

A29-A55 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1117 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1117
Component: PWM9106 proportional valve, X3/X5 (right)
MA9111 solenoid valve, rototilt right
Function: Monitoring the right proportional valve for X3/X5.
Monitoring the right solenoid valve for rototilt.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 19

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin A31 and A53 is higher than 4.8 V.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A31 and A53 are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Defective valves or loose connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  The voltage between pin A31 and A53 is lower than 0.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A31 and A53 are short-circuited to the ground or
disconnected.
 Defective valves or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A31-A53 R ≈ 24 Ω

A31-A53 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1121 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1121
Component: MA9107 Solenoid valve, power boost
Function: Monitoring the function of the solenoid valve for the power
boost.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Pin A36 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A36 is disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A36-A8 R ≈ 24 Ω

A36-A8 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1127 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1127
Component: MA9109 Solenoid valve, quick fit
Function: Monitoring the function of the solenoid valve for the quick fit.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 17

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Pin A12 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A12 is disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve or quickfit switches.
 Loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A12-A46 R = 0 Ω (ON)
U = ∞ Ω (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1128 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1128
Component: MA9119 Solenoid valve, boom float
Function: Monitoring the function of the solenoid valve for the boom
float.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  The pin 59 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the ground.
 Buzzer caution  The pin 59 is disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A59-B8 R ≈ 32 Ω

A59-B8 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U ≈ 9.3 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1129 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1129
Component: MA9152 Solenoid valve, axle locking
Function: Monitoring the function of the solenoid valve for the axle
locking.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 11

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  The pin A11 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the
 Buzzer caution ground.
 The pin A11 is disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A11-B8 R ≈ 32 Ω

A11-B8 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1130 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1130
Component: MA9104 Solenoid valve, hammer
Function: Monitoring the function of the solenoid valve for the hammer.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 19

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  The pin 58 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the ground.
 Buzzer caution  The pin 58 is disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A58-B8 R ≈ 24 Ω

A58-B8 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1131 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1131
Component: MA9151 Solenoid valve, X1 pressure up
Function: Monitoring the function of the solenoid valve for X1 pressure
up.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 19

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  The pin A10 is short-circuited to the battery plus or the
 Buzzer caution ground.
 The pin A10 is disconnected.
 Defective solenoid valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A10-B8 R ≈ 24 Ω

A10-B8 U ≈ 24 V (ON)
U = 0 V (OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1132 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1132
Component: MO3301 Starter motor
Function: Monitoring the starter signal line failure.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 3

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou The starter motor is running without turning the ignition key.
s NOTE!
Stop the engine immediately.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin B2 and B8 is high when the
 Buzzer alarm revolution of the starter motor is more than 700 rpm.
 Central warning light  Defective relay RE3301.
 Defective starter switch SW3301.
 Defective starter motor.
 Pin B2 is short-circuited to battery plus.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B2-B8 U ≈ 24 V (When starter
motor is running.)
U = 0 V (When starter
motor is not running.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1150/1 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1150/1
Component: SE9401 Pressure switch, overload warning
SW9401 Overload select switch
Function: Monitoring the function of the overload warning pressure switch
and the overload select switch.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause

 Error message  The signal line or the ground cable is open circuit.
 Buzzer alarm  Defective sensor or switch.
 Central warning light  Loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A43-B8 R = 0 Ω (SE9401 and
SW9401 are closed.)
R ≈ ∞ Ω (SE9401 or
SW9401 is open.)

A43-B8 U = 0 V (SE9401 and


SW9401 are closed.)
U ≈ 4.7 V (SE9401 or
SW9401 is open.)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1156 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1156
Component: SE9152 Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil
Function: Monitoring the function of the hydraulic oil temperature sensor.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 15

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0
 Error light  The hydraulic oil temperature is higher than 95 °C (203 °F).
 Buzzer alarm  Defective sensor.
 Central warning light

FMI 3
 Error message  The voltage between pin A40 and A63 is higher than 4.8 V.
 Buzzer caution  The pin A40 is short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Defective sensor.

FMI 4
 Error message  The voltage between pin A40 and A63 is lower than 0.2 V.
 Buzzer caution  The pin A40 is short-circuited to the ground.
 Defective sensor or poor connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  The pin A40 is disconnected.
 Buzzer caution  Defective sensor or poor connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A40-A63 U ≈ 4.4-1.5 V (20-100 °C
(68-212 °F))
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1191 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1191
Component: PWM9103 Proportional valve, X1 flow control
Function: Monitoring the X1 flow control proportional valve.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 19

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 3
 Error message  Pin A32 and A5 are short-circuited to the battery plus.
 Buzzer caution  Defective proportional valve.

FMI 4
 Error message  Pin A32 and A5 are short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A32 and A5 are disconnected.
 Defective proportional valve.
 Loose connection.

FMI 5
 Error message  Pin A32 and A5 are short-circuited to the ground.
 Buzzer caution  Pin A32 and A5 are disconnected.
 Defective proportional valve.
 Loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A32-A5 R≈8Ω
A32-A5 U ≈ 4-15 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 PPID1309 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 PPID1309
Component: MA9109 Solenoid valve, quick fit
Function: Monitoring if the quick fit solenoid valve is supplied with the
voltage.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 17

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou NOTE!
s Stop the engine immediately.

Check the Quick-fit system with VCADS Pro operation 92401-2,


Attachment bracket, test.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Quickfit solenoid is OFF while the pin 46 is supplied with the
 Buzzer alarm voltage.
 Central warning light  Defective solenoid valve or loose connection.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system A46-A12 R ≈ 0 Ω (SW9104 and
SW9105 are ON)
R ≈ ∞ Ω (SW9104 and
SW9105 are OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 SID231 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 SID231
Component: V-ECU, J1939
Function: Monitoring the communication between the ECUs.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 20
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus short-circuit to the battery plus or the ground.
 Internal data bus short-circuit in cable harness.

FMI 12
 Error message  Poor connection.
 Buzzer caution  Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Component B6-B14 R ≈ 60 Ω

Sub-system B14-B8 U ≈ 2.8 V


B6-B8 U ≈ 2.5 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 SID240 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 SID240
Component: V-ECU Program memory
Function: Monitoring the program memory in the V-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 20
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the V-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in V-ECU program
memory.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in V-ECU
 Central warning light

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive
measuring conditions
.
Concerning the active measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 SID250 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 SID250
Component: V-ECU, J1587
Function: Monitoring the communication between the ECUs.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 20
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 9
 Error message  T-ECU FU06 fuse is broken.
 Buzzer caution  E-ECU FU07 fuse is broken.
 V-ECU ground connection is missing.
 Poor connection.
 Temporary disturbances in the hardware.
 Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus short-circuit to the battery or the ground.
 Internal data bus short-circuit in cable harness.

FMI 12
 Error message  Loose connection.
 Buzzer caution  Intermittent fault in the wiring.
 Data bus open circuit.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B12-B8 U ≈ 3.4 V
B4-B8 U ≈ 1.1 V
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 SID251 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 SID251
Component: V-ECU, battery voltage
Function: Monitoring the battery voltage to the V-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 20
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
 3020 999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box
 3020 999 0062 Extension cable
 3020 999 3894 Template
 3020 999 3893 Adapter cable
 3020 11 666 140 Multimeter

Miscellaneou
s

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 0
 Error message  The voltage between pin B8 and B15 (or between B8 and B16)
 Buzzer caution is higher than 30 V.
 High charging voltage from the generator or other charging
equipment.

FMI 1
 Error message  The voltage between pin B8 and B15 (or between B8 and B16)
 Buzzer caution is lower than 20 V.
 Poor battery or poor charging from the generator.
 Poor power supply connection at pin B15 and B16.
 Poor ground connection at pin B8.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system B15-B8 U ≈ 24 V (power ON)
B16-B8 U ≈ 0 V (power OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 SID253 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 SID253
Component: V-ECU Calibration memory
Function: Monitoring the calibration memory in the V-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 20
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  Parameters should be checked if malfunction has
occurred in connection with programming.
 If malfunction has occurred during operation, the V-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in EEPROM data set
memory for V-ECU.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 2
 Error message  Program error.
 Buzzer alarm  Internal malfunction in V-ECU.
 Central warning light  ECU communication error.

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive
measuring conditions
.
Concerning the active measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


187 SID254 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

187 SID254
Component: V-ECU Controller
Function: Monitoring self-test in the V-ECU.
References
 370 Wiring diagram 1
 370 Wiring diagram 2
 370 Wiring diagram 3
 370 Wiring diagram 4
 370 Wiring diagram 5
 370 Wiring diagram 8
 370 Wiring diagram 10
 370 Wiring diagram 11
 370 Wiring diagram 15
 370 Wiring diagram 17
 370 Wiring diagram 19
 370 Wiring diagram 20
 370 Wiring diagram 23

Tools
Miscellaneou
s  If malfunction has occurred during operation, the V-
ECU should be re-programmed or replaced.

Engine should be stopped immediately in order to avoid risk of


serious damage caused by malfunction in V-ECU.

Type of fault Symptom Possible cause


FMI 12
 Error message  Internal malfunction in V-ECU. (Function controller failure)
 Buzzer alarm  ECU communication error.
 Central warning light

Test measuring

Measuremen Measurement points Reference value Conditions Test method


t
Sub-system Concerning the passive measuring conditions for
all sensors and switches, see
3021 V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive
measuring conditions
.

Concerning the active measuring conditions for


all sensors and switches, see
3021 V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active
measuring conditions .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


E-ECU (MID128) Engine Service Information 2014/5/7 0
control unit, active
measuring conditions
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, active measuring conditions

Figure 1
voltage measurement with multi-pin breaker box and adapter cable connected between cable harness and engine
control unit (E-ECU)

Conditions
1) Control unit connected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected between control unit and cable harness
3) Inter-connecting cable connected to the other connector.
NOTE!
For measuring voltage, the following applies:

4a) Master switch to ON position,

Start switch to ON position and

Voltage measurement with multimeter.


5) Engine off

Abbreviation Explanation
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)

E-ECU Active measuring

Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous


points
A1 Not connected
A2 SE2507, Boost temperature sensor A2 - A5 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C
U ≈ 1.2 V at 40 °C
A3 SE2508, Boost pressure sensor A3 - A5 U ≈ 1.1 V (engine off)
A4 SE2203, Engine oil pressure sensor A4 - B9 U=5V
(voltage supply)
A5 Ground sensors
A6 Not connected
A7 SE2703 Engine position sensor Not applicable
(camshaft)
A8 Not connected
A9 Not connected
A10 Not connected
A11 MA2301, Injector 1 solenoid valve A11 - A12 U = Uᵒ
A12 Ground injectors 1-3
A13 SE2306, Fuel temperature sensor A13 - A5 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C
U ≈ 1.2 V at 50 °C
A14 SE2203, Engine oil pressure sensor A14 - A5 U ≈ 0.5 V (engine off)
A15 Not connected
A16 Not connected
A17 Not connected
A18 SE2703 Engine position sensor Not applicable
(camshaft)
A19 Not connected
A20 Not connected
A21 Not connected
A22 MA2302, Injector 2 solenoid valve A22 - A12 U = Uᵒ
A23 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A23 - A12 U = Uᵒ
A24 Ground injectors 4-6
A25 SE2601, Engine coolant temperature A25 - A5 U ≈ 3 V at 20 °C
sensor U ≈ 0.6 V at 85 °C
A26 Not connected
A27 Not connected
A28 Not connected
A29 Not connected
A30 SE2701, Engine speed sensor Not applicable
(flywheel)
A31 SE2701, Engine speed sensor Not applicable
(flywheel)
A32 Not connected
A33 Not connected
A34 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A34 - A24 U = Uᵒ
A35 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A35 - A24 U = Uᵒ
A36 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A36 - A24 U = Uᵒ

B1 CAN H (J1939) B1 - B9 U ≈ 2.7 V


B2 CAN L (J1939) B2 - B9 U ≈ 2.3 V
B3 SE2501, Ambient temperature sensor B3 - B13 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C
U ≈ 1.2 V at 50 °C
B4 SW2704, Emergency switch (Limp B4 - B9 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
home position) U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
B5 HE2501, Air heater B5 - B9 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (heater: ON)
U = U ᵒ (heater: OFF)
B6 Not connected
B7 SE2603, Coolant level sensor B7 - B8 U ≈ 0.8 x Uᵇᵃᵗ (low level)
U = 3 V (normal level)
B8 SE2502, Pressure switch inlet air B8 - B17 U ≈ 0.8 x Uᵇᵃᵗ (clogged)
pressure U = 3 V (not clogged)
B9 Ground B9 - B12 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
B10 Ground B10 - B12 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
B11 Power supply B11 - B9 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
B12 Power supply B12 - B9 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
B13 SE2501, Ambient temperature sensor B13 - B3 U ≈ 2.6 V at 20 °C
(ground) U ≈ 1.2 V at 50 °C
B14 Not connected
B15 Not connected
B16 Not connected
B17 SE2502, Pressure switch inlet air B17 - B8 U ≈ 0.8 x Uᵇᵃᵗ (clogged)
pressure U = 3 V (not clogged)
B18 Not connected
B19 Not connected
B20 Not connected
B21 Not connected
B22 Not connected
B23 Not connected
B24 Not connected
B25 J15887 A B25 - B9 U ≈ 3.3 V
B26 J1587 B B26 - B9 U ≈ 1.5 V
B27 Not connected
B28 Not connected
B29 Not connected
B30 Not connected
B31 RE2501, Air heater relay B31 - B11 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
B32 Not connected
B33 Not connected
B34 Not connected
B35 Not connected
B36 Not connected
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


E-ECU (MID128) Engine Service Information 2014/5/7 0
control unit, passive
measuring conditions
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, passive measuring conditions

Figure 1
resistance measurement against cable harness, engine control unit (E-ECU) disconnected

Conditions
1) Control unit disconnected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected between control unit and cable harness
3) Inter-connecting cable connected to the other connector.
NOTE!
For measuring resistance, the following applies:

4b)Start switch to OFF position,

Master switch to OFF position and

Resistance measurement with multimeter.

NOTICE
The battery disconnect switch must be off during all resistance measurements.

5) Engine off

Abbreviation Explanation
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)

E-ECU Passive measuring

Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous


points
A1 Not connected
A2 SE2507, Boost temperature sensor Not applicable
A3 SE2508, Boost pressure sensor Not applicable
A4 SE2203, Engine oil pressure sensor Not applicable
(voltage supply)
A5 Ground sensors A5 - B9 R=0Ω
A6 Not connected
A7 SE2703 Engine position sensor A7 - A18 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
(camshaft)
A8 Not connected
A9 Not connected
A10 Not connected
A11 MA2301, Injector 1 solenoid valve A11 - A12 R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω
A12 Ground injectors 1-3
A13 SE2306, Fuel temperature sensor Not applicable
A14 SE2203, Engine oil pressure sensor Not applicable
A15 Not connected
A16 Not connected
A17 Not connected
A18 SE2703 Engine position sensor A7 - A18 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
(camshaft)
A19 Not connected
A20 Not connected
A21 Not connected
A22 MA2302, Injector 2 solenoid valve A22 - A12 R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω
A23 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A23 - A12 R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω
A24 Ground injectors 4-6
A25 SE2601, Engine coolant temperature Not applicable
sensor
A26 Not connected
A27 Not connected
A28 Not connected
A29 Not connected
A30 SE2701, Engine speed sensor A30 - A31 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
(flywheel)
A31 SE2701, Engine speed sensor A30 - A31 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
(flywheel)
A32 Not connected
A33 Not connected
A34 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A34 - A24 R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω
A35 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A35 - A24 R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω
A36 MA2303, Injector 3 solenoid valve A36 - A24 R ≈ 1.5-2.0 Ω

B1 CAN H (J1939) B1 - B2 R ≈ 110 Ω


B2 CAN L (J1939) B2 - B1 R ≈ 110 Ω
B3 SE2501, Ambient temperature sensor Not applicable
B4 SW2704, Emergency switch (Limp Not applicable
home position)
B5 HE2501, Air heater B5 - B9 R≈0Ω
B6 Not connected
B7 SE2603, Coolant level sensor B7 - B8 R = 0 Ω (low level)
R = ∞ Ω (normal level)
B8 SE2502, Pressure switch inlet air Not applicable
pressure
B9 Ground B9 - B10 R=0Ω
B10 Ground B9 - B10 R=0Ω
B11 Power supply B11 - B12 R=0Ω
B12 Power supply B11 - B12 R=0Ω
B13 SE2501, Ambient temperature sensor Not applicable
(ground)
B14 Not connected
B15 Not connected
B16 Not connected
B17 SE2502, Pressure switch inlet air B17 - B8 R = 2,2 kΩ (clogged)
pressure R = 330 Ω (not clogged)
B18 Not connected
B19 Not connected
B20 Not connected
B21 Not connected
B22 Not connected
B23 Not connected
B24 Not connected
B25 J15887 A Not applicable
B26 J1587 B Not applicable
B27 Not connected
B28 Not connected
B29 Not connected
B30 Not connected
B31 RE2501, Air heater relay B31 - B11 R = 132 Ω
B32 Not connected
B33 Not connected
B34 Not connected
B35 Not connected
B36 Not connected
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


T-ECU (MID 130) Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Transmission control unit,
active measuring,
conditions
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit, active measuring,


conditions

Figure 1

Conditions
1) Control unit connected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected between control unit and cable harness
3) Inter-connecting cable connected to the other connector.
NOTE!
For measuring voltage, the following applies:

4a) Master switch to ON position,

Start switch to ON position and

Voltage measurement with multimeter.


5) Engine off

Abbreviation Explanation
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)

T-ECU Active measuring

Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous


points
1 Power supply 1 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (manual switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (manual switch: OFF)
2 SW3613, Mode switch 2 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (T-mode)
3 SW3613, Mode switch 3 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (W-mode)
4 SW3613, Mode switch 4 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (C-mode)
5 SE4203, Pressure switch travel 5 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: closed > 5 bar
backward (72.5 psi))
U = U ᵒ (switch: open < 5 bar (72.5
psi))
6 MA4203, Gear shifting solenoid valve 6-1 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON) Ground output
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
7 SE9101, Pressure switch auto idle 7 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: closed > 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
U = U ᵒ (switch: open < 5 bar (72.5
psi))
8 J1587 A 8 - 42 U ≈ 3.4 V
9 J1587 B 9 - 42 U ≈ 1.5 V
10 SW4201, Cruise control switch 10 - 42 U = 0 V (switch: ON)
U = 11 V (switch: OFF)
11 SE5201, Pressure switch brake 11 - 42 U = 0 V (switch: closed > 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
U = 11 V (switch: open < 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
12 SW4202, Speed switch, low speed 12 - 42 U = 0 V (switch: ON)
U > 9 V (switch: OFF)
13 SW4202, Speed switch, high speed 13 - 42 U = 0 V (switch: ON)
U > 9 V (switch: OFF)
14 Ground sensors 14 - 42 U=0V
15 PWM4201, Cruise control proportional 15 - 21 U = 4 V to 15 V
valve
16 MA5501, Parking brake, solenoid valve 16 - 38 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
17 RE4204, Q-max relay 17 - 1 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON) Ground output
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
18 RE3601, Travel alarm relay 18 - 1 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON) Ground output
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
19 RE3524, Backward lamp relay 19 - 1 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON) Ground output
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
20 RE4205, Cruise control relay 20 - 1 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON) Ground output
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
21 PWM4201, Cruise control proportional 21 - 15 U = 4 V to 15 V
valve
22 SE4202, Pressure switch travel pedal 22 - 42 U = 0.5 V to 4.9 V
23 SW2701, Engine speed control switch 23 - 42 U = 0.5 V to 4.9 V
24 SW4201, Cruise control switch 24 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
25 SE5501, Pressure switch parking brake 25 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: closed > 25 bar
(362.6 psi))
U = U ᵒ (switch: open < 25 bar
(362.6 psi))
26 SW3614, Travel alarm cut switch 26 - 42 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
27 Not connected
28 MA4202, Travel solenoid 28 - 37 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
29 PWM9104, Anti-cavation proportional 29 - 35 U = 4 V to 15 V
valve
30 PWM4201, Pump power shift 30 - 36 U = 4 V to 15 V
proportional valve
31 SE4202, Travel pedal power supply 31 - 42 U=5V
pressure sensor
32 SE4202, Transmission speed sensor Not applicable
33 SE2702, Engine speed sensor Not applicable
34 Not connected
35 PWM91014, Anti-cavation 35 - 29 U = 4 V to 15 V
proportional valve
36 PWM4201, Pump power shift 36 - 30 U = 4 V to 15 V
proportional valve
37 MA4202, Travel solenoid 37 - 28 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
38 MA5501, Parking brake, solenoid valve 38 - 16 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
39 CAN H (J1939) 39 - 42 U ≈ 2.8 V
40 CAN L (J1939) 40 - 42 U ≈ 2.4 V
41 Not connected
42 Ground 42 - 1 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


T-ECU (MID 130) Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Transmission control unit,
passive measuring,
conditions
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

T-ECU (MID 130) Transmission control unit, passive measuring,


conditions

Figure 1
resistance measurement against cable harness, vehicle control unit (T-ECU) disconnected

Conditions
1) Control unit disconnected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected against cable harness
NOTE!
For measuring resistance, the following applies:

3b)Start switch to OFF position,

Master switch to OFF position and

Resistance measurement with multimeter.

NOTICE
During all resistance measurements, the master switch must be turned OFF.

4) Engine off
Abbreviation Explanation
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)

T-ECU Passive measuring

Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous


points
1 Power supply Not applicable
2 SW3613, Mode switch 2-1 R=0Ω SW2706 in position
AUTO
3 SW3613, Mode switch 3-1 R=0Ω SW2706 in position
AUTO
4 SW3613, Mode switch 4-1 R=0Ω SW2706 in position
AUTO
5 SE4203, Pressure switch travel 5 - 1 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 5 bar
backward (72.5 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 5 bar (72.5
psi))
6 MA4203, Gear shifting solenoid valve 6-1 R ≈ 32 Ω
7 SE9101, Pressure switch auto idle 7-1 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 5 bar (72.5
psi))
8 J1587 A Not applicable
9 J1587 B Not applicable
10 SW4201, Cruise control switch 10 - 42 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
11 SE5201, Pressure switch brake 11 - 42 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 5 bar (72.5
psi))
12 SW4202, Speed switch, low speed 12 - 42 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
13 SW4202, Speed switch, high speed 13 - 42 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
14 Ground sensors 14 - 42 R=0Ω
15 PWM4201, Cruise control proportional 15 - 21 R≈8Ω
valve
16 MA5501, Parking brake, solenoid valve 16 - 38 R ≈ 32 Ω
17 RE4204, Q-max relay 17 - 1 R = 220 Ω
18 RE3601, Travel alarm relay 18 - 1 R = 220 Ω
19 RE3524, Backward lamp relay 19 - 1 R = 220 Ω
20 RE4205, Cruise control relay 20 - 1 R = 220 Ω
21 PWM4201, Cruise control proportional 15 - 21 R = 220 Ω
valve
22 SE4202, Pressure switch travel pedal Not applicable
23 SW2701, Engine speed control switch Not applicable
24 SW4201, Cruise control switch 24 - 1 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
25 SE5501, Pressure switch parking brake 25 - 1 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 25 bar
(362.6 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 25 bar
(362.6 psi))
26 SW3614, Travel alarm cut switch 26 - 42 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
27 Not connected
28 MA4202, Travel solenoid 28 - 37 R ≈ 32 Ω
29 PWM9104, Anti-cavation proportional 29 - 35 R ≈ 28 Ω
valve
30 PWM4201, Pump power shift 30 - 36 R ≈ 28 Ω
proportional valve
31 SE4202, Travel pedal power supply Not applicable
pressure sensor
32 SE4202, Transmission speed sensor 32 - 42 R ≈ 300-900 Ω
33 SE2702, Engine speed sensor 33 - 42 R ≈ 300-900 Ω
34 Not connected
35 PWM91014, Anti-cavation 35 - 29 R ≈ 28 Ω
proportional valve
36 PWM4201, Pump power shift 36 - 30 R ≈ 28 Ω
proportional valve
37 MA4202, Travel solenoid 37 - 28 R ≈ 32 Ω
38 MA5501, Parking brake, solenoid valve 38 - 16 R ≈ 32 Ω
39 CAN H (J1939) 39 - 42 R ≈ 110 Ω
40 CAN L (J1939) 40 - 42 R ≈ 110 Ω
41 Not connected
42 Ground Not applicable
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle Service Information 2014/5/7 0
control unit, active
measuring conditions
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active measuring conditions

Figure 1

Conditions
1) Control unit connected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected between control unit and cable harness
3) Inter-connecting cable connected to the other connector.
NOTE!
For measuring voltage, the following applies:

4a) Master switch to ON position,

Start switch to ON position and

Voltage measurement with multimeter.


5) Engine off

Abbreviation Explanation
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)

V-ECU Active measuring

Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous


points
A01 Contronics key “V” A01 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A02 Contronics clock A02 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
A03 Not connected
A04 Not connected
A05 PWM9103, X1 flow proportional valve A32 - A05 U = 4 V to 15 V
A06 Not connected
A07 FU32 A07 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
A08 Not connected
A09 Not connected
A10 MA9151, X1 pressure up solenoid A10 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
valve U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A11 MA9152, Axle lock solenoid valve A11 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A12 SW9104 Quick fit switch 1 Not applicable
A13 RE9108, Pilot cut off relay A13 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A14 Not connected
A15 SE2303, Fuel level sensor A15 - A63
A16 SW9107, Hammer selection switch A16 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: ON)
U = 4.7 V (switch: OFF)
A17 SE6401, Pressure switch steering A17 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: closed > 5 bar
pressure low (72.5 psi))
U = 4.7 V (switch: open < 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
A18 SE5202, Pressure switch brake 50 bar A18 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: closed > 50 bar
(725 psi))
U = 4.7 V (switch: open < 50 bar
(725 psi))
A19 SW9160, Confirm switch A19 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: ON)
U = 4.7 V (switch: OFF)
A20 SW9405, X3 left switch A20 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A21 SW9406, X3 right switch A21 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A22 AC compressor input switch A22 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A23 SW9104 + SW9105, Quick fit switch 1 A23 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch 1+2: ON)
+2 U = U ᵒ (switch 1 or 2: OFF)
A24 Contronics key “#” A24 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A25 Contronics key “>” A25 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A26 Contronics data
A27 Not connected
A28 Not connected
A29 MA9111, X3 right solenoid valve A55 - A29 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A30 PWM9102, Oil cooler proportional A56 - A30 U = 4 V to 15 V
valve
A31 MA9110, X3 left solenoid valve A31 - A53 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A32 PWM9103, X1 flow proportional valve A32 - A05 U = 4 V to 15 V
A33 FU31 A33 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
A34
A35 FU22 A35 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
A36 MA9107, Power boost solenoid valve A36 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A37 LA3522 / LA3523, Stop lights A37 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A38 RE3301, Start lock relay A38 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A39 Not connected
A40 SE9152, Hydraulic oil temperature A40 - A63 U ≈ 4.4-1.5 V (20°C to 100°C)
signal
A41 SW9107, Shear selection switch A41 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: ON)
U = 4.7 V (switch: OFF)
A42 SE9153, Hydraulic oil filter A42 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: closed > 4 bar (58
psi))
U = 4.7 V (switch: open < 4 bar (58
psi))
A43 SW9107 + SE9401, Overload select A43 - B08 U = U ᵒ (pressure switch + switch:
switch and pressure switch closed)
U = 4.7 V (pressure switch or switch
open)
A44 SE9151 / SE9160, Safety bar switch A44 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: UP)
U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: DOWN)
A45 SW9152, Auto axle lock switch A45 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A46 SW9104, Quick fit switch 1 Not applicable
A47 SW9151, Axle lock switch A47 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A48 Contronics key "*” A48 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ(switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A49 Contronics enable
A50 Not connected
A51 Not connected
A52 Not connected
A53 MA9110, X3 left solenoid valve A31 - A53 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ(output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A54 Not connected
A55 MA9111, X3 right solenoid valve A55 - A29 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ(output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A56 PWM9102, Oil cooler proportional A56 - B08 U = 4 V to 15 V
valve
A57 Not connected
A58 MA9104, Hammer pilot solenoid valve A58 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A59 MA9119, Float position solenoid valve A59 - A08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = 9.3 V (output: OFF)
A60 FU29 A60 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ
A61 RE3101, Main relay A61 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (output: ON)
U = U ᵒ (output: OFF)
A62 Not connected
A63 SE9152 + SE2303 Supply voltage Not appilicable
A64 SW9102, X1 hydraulic pedal pressure A64 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: closed > 5 bar
switch (72.5 psi))
U = 4.7 V (switch: open < 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
A65 SE5203, Pressure switch Brake pressure A65 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: closed > 80 bar
low (1160 psi))
U = 4.7 V (switch: open < 80 bar
(1160 psi))
A66 SW2703, Auto idle switch A66 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: ON )
U = 4.7 V (switch: OFF)
A67 SW9160, Buzzer stop switch A67 - B08 U = U ᵒ (switch: ON)
U = 4.7 V (switch: OFF)
A68 SW9158, Float position switch A68 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A69 SE4901, Turret alignment sensor A69 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
A70 SW9159, Hammer foot switch A70 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)

B01 SW9108, Boost / hammer switch B01 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (switch: ON)
U = U ᵒ (switch: OFF)
B02 MO3301, Start signal B02 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (starter: running)
U = U ᵒ (starter: not running)
B03 SW9161, X5 proportional switch Not applicable
B04 J1587 B B04 - B08 U ≈ 1.07 V
Serial link
B05 Not connected
B06 CAN L (J1939) B06 - B08 U ≈ 2.5 V
B07 Ground
B08 Ground
B09 SW3301, Start switch (ACC) B09 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (ACC position: ON)
U = U ᵒ (ACC position: OFF)
B10 Not connected
B11 Not connected
B12 J1587 A B12 - B08 U ≈ 3.4 V
Serial link
B13 Not connected
B14 CAN H (J1939) B14 - B08 U ≈ 2.8 V
B15 FU05, Power supply B15 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (power: ON)
U = U ᵒ (power: OFF)
B16 FU05, Power supply B16 - B08 U = Uᵇᵃᵗ (power: ON)
U = U ᵒ (power: OFF)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle Service Information 2014/5/7 0
control unit, passive
measuring conditions
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive measuring conditions

Figure 1
resistance measurement against cable harness, vehicle control unit (V-ECU) disconnected

Conditions
1) Control unit disconnected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected against cable harness
NOTE!
For measuring resistance, the following applies:

3b)Start switch to OFF position,

Master switch to OFF position and

Resistance measurement with multimeter.

NOTICE
During all resistance measurements, the master switch must be turned OFF.

4) Engine off

Abbreviation Explanation
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)

V-ECU Passive measuring

Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous


points
A01 Contronics key “V” Not applicable
A02 Contronics clock Not applicable
A03 Not connected
A04 Not connected
A05 PWM9107, X1 flow proportional valve A05 - A32 R≈8Ω
A06 Not connected
A07 FU32 A07 - B15 R=0Ω
A08 Not connected
A09 Not connected
A10 MA9151, X1 pressure up solenoid valve A10 - B08 R ≈ 24 Ω
A11 MA9152, Axle lock solenoid valve A11 - B08 R ≈ 32 Ω
A12 SW9154, Quick fit switch 1 A12 - A46 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A13 RE9108, Safety relay A13 - B08 R = 240 Ω
A14 Not connected
A15 SE2303, Fuel level sensor A15 - A63 R = 82 Ω to 352 Ω
A16 SW9107, Hammer selection switch A16 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A17 SE5202, Pressure switch steering A17 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 5 bar
pressure low (72.5 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
A18 SE5202, Pressure switch brake 50 bar A18 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 50 bar
(725 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 50 bar
(725 psi))
A19 SE9160, Comfirm switch A19 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A20 SW9405, X3 left switch A20 - A33 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A21 SW9406, X3 right switch A21 - A33 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A22 AC compressor signal Not applicable
A23 SW9104 + SW9105, Quickfit switch 1+2 A23 - A60 R = 0 Ω (switch 1+2: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch 1 or 2: OFF)
A24 Contronics key “#” Not applicable
A25 Contronics key “>” Not applicable
A26 Contronics data Not applicable
A27 Not connected
A28 Not connected
A29 MA9111, X3 right solenoid valve A55 - A29 R ≈ 24 Ω
A30 PWM9102, Oil cooler proportional valve A56 - A30 R ≈ 24 Ω
A31 MA9110, X3 left solenoid valve A31 - A53 R ≈ 24 Ω
A32 PWM9103, X1 flow A32 - A5 R≈8Ω
A33 FU31 A33 - B15 R=0Ω
A34 Not connected
A35 FU22 A35 - B15 R=0Ω
A36 MA9107, Power boost solenoid valve A36 - B08 R ≈ 24 Ω
A37 LA3522/LA3523, Stop lights A37 - B08 R ≈ 2.2 Ω
A38 RE3301,Start lock relay A38 - B08 R = 228 Ω
A39 Not connected
A40 SE9152, Hydraulic oil temperature A40 - A63 1,66 kΩ
sensor
A41 SW9107, Shear selection switch A41 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A42 SE9153, Pressure switch hydraulic oil A42 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 4 bar
filter (58 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 4 bar (58
psi))
A43 SE9401 + SW9401, Overload pressure A43 - B08 R = 0 Ω (pressure switch and
switch and select switch switch: closed)
R = ∞ Ω (pressure switch or
switch: open)
A44 SE9151 + SE9160, Safety bar switch A44 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: UP)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: DOWN)
A45 SW9152, Auto axle lock switch A45 - A35 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A46 SW9104, Quick fit switch 1 A46 - A12 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A47 SW9151, Axle lock switch A47 - A35 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A48 Contronics key "*” Not applicable
A49 Contronics enable Not applicable
A50 Not connected
A51 Not connected
A52 Not connected
A53 MA9110, X3 left solenoid valve A31 - A53 R ≈ 24 Ω
A54 Not connected
A55 MA9111, X3 right solenoid valve A55 - A29 R ≈ 24 Ω
A56 PWM9102, Oil cooler proportional valve A56 - A30 R ≈ 24 Ω
A57 Not connected
A58 MA9104, Hammer solenoid valve A58 - B08 R ≈ 24 Ω
A59 MA9119, Float position solenoid valve A59 - A08 R ≈ 32 Ω
A60 FU29 A60 - B15 R=0Ω
A61 RE3101, Main relay A61 - B08 R = 138 Ω
A62 Not connected
A63 SE9152 + SE2303, Ground Not applicable
A64 SE9102, X1 hydraulic pedal pressure A64 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 5 bar
switch (72.5 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 5 bar
(72.5 psi))
A65 SE9153, Pressure switch brake pressure A65 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: closed > 80 bar
low (1160 psi))
R = ∞ Ω (switch: open < 80 bar
(1160 psi))
A66 SW2703, Auto idle switch A66 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A67 SW9160, Buzzer stop switch A67 - B08 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
A68 SW9158, Float position switch A68 - A35 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
JA69 SE4901, Turret alignment Not applicable
A70 SW9159, Hammer foot switch A70 - A33 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)
R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)

B01 SW9108, Boost / Hammer switch B01 - A35 R = 0 Ω (switch: ON)


R = ∞ Ω (switch: OFF)
B02 MO3301, Start signal Not applicable
B03 SW9161, X5 proportional switch Not applicable
JB04 J1587 B Not applicable
JB05 Not connected
JB06 CAN L (J1939) B06 - B14 R ≈ 110 Ω
B07 Ground Not applicable
JB08 Ground Not applicable
B09 SW3301, Start switch ACC Not applicable
B10 Not connected
B11 Not connected
B12 J1587 A Not applicable
B13 Not connected
JB14 CAN H (J1939) B14 - B06 R ≈ 110 Ω
B15 FU05, Power supply Not appicable
JB16 FU05, Power supply Not appicable
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Pressure switch test with Service Information 2014/5/7 0
VCADS Pro
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Pressure switch test with VCADS Pro


Operation number: 38674-3
The purpose of the test is to read the status on pressure switches in the machine, except for those connected to the engine
and the brake system.
NOTE!
If the status shown in the test does not correspond with the description in the following test information, check the
connections and the wire harness according to the service information before replacing the pressure switches.

SE6401 Steering pressure sensor


When the engine is running, the sensor test shall show a green switch symbol. Green switch means that the pressure switch
is activated.
When the engine is stop, the sensor test shall show a grey switch symbol. Grey switch means that the pressure switch is not
activated.

Figure 1
Steering pressure sensor

SE9153 Hydraulic oil filter pressure sensor


When the engine is running and the hydraulic filter is functional, the test shall show a grey symbol.
If the filter is clogged, the test shall show a green symbol. Green switch means that the pressure switch is activated.
If the engine is stop, the test shall show a grey symbol. Grey switch means that the pressure switch is not activated.

Figure 2
Hydraulic oil filter pressure sensor
SE4203 Rearward travel pressure switch

1. Lock the service brake.


2. When the engine is running, press the rearward travel pedal.
The test shall show a green symbol.
Green switch means that the pressure switch is activated.
Grey switch means that the pressure switch is not activated.

Figure 3
Rearward travel pressure switch

Auto idle pressure sensors


This function has three pressure sensors that are parallel connected.

1. Auto idle pressure switch, SE9101


2. Auto idle boom pressure switch, SE9154
3. Auto idle arm pressure switch, SE9155

Green symbol means that at least one of the pressure sensor is activated.
Grey symbol means that none of the pressure sensors is activated.

Figure 4
Auto idle pressure sensor

SE9401 Overload pressure switch (option)


Activate the overload warning switch (SW9401), and lift the boom to the top position.
When the boom reaches the top position, the sensor symbol color should change from grey to green.
Green symbol means that the pressure sensor is activated.
Grey symbol means that the pressure sensors is not activated.

Figure 5
Overload pressure switch

SE9102 Hammer pressure sensor (option)


Activate the hammer function, and check the status of the symbol.
Green symbol means that the pressure sensor is activated.
Grey symbol means that the pressure sensors is not activated.

Figure 6
Hammer pressure sensor
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Fan motor control test with Service Information 2014/5/7 0
VCADS Pro
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Fan motor control test with VCADS Pro


Operation number: 26351-2
The purpose of the test is to check and adjust to cooling fan motor control system.
General test condition

1. The safety lock lever should be pushed down to locked position.


2. Hydraulic oil temperature should be 50 - 60 °C (122 - 140 °F).

General test procedure

1. Run the machine until the hydraulic oil temperature reaches 50 - 60 °C (122 - 140 °F).
2. Set the machine in the service position according to 091 Service positions.
3. Turn off the engine.
4. Attach Tachometer 12976108 to the cooling fan.
5. Connect a pressure gauge (0 - 25 MPa) to pressure outlet 'Pf'.
6. Start the engine.
7. Start the test program 'High fan speed' in VCADS Pro. Wait 5 seconds until the pressure and the speed are stable.
8. Read and note the pressure on the gauge and the fan speed.

NOTE!
During the test, fault codes will be set. Read and erase these after finalizing the test.

Evaluation
Compare the fan speed and the pressure with the specifications. If the pressure is not as specified, adjust the proportional
solenoid valve (PWM9102) according to 3641 PWM9102 Fan motor proportional solenoid valve, description.
SE9152 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Shows the temperature on the hydraulic oil.
Check that the values shown in the test are reasonable under existing circumstances.

Figure 1
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor

Engine speed
Shows the engine speeds.
Set engine speed
This test is setting the engine speed to about 1750 rpm to get sufficient flow from the pump.
High fan speed
When this test is running the current for PWM 9102 is set to about 200 mA.
The fan speed should then be 1650 - 1750 rpm.
The pressure shown on the gauge should be 95 - 105 bar.

Figure 2
Fan motor control solenoid valve
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Brake system test with Service Information 2014/5/7 0
VCADS Pro
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Brake system test with VCADS Pro


Operation number: 38440-8
The purpose of the test is to check all pressure switches for the brake system is functional and correctly installed.
Test condition
The safety lock lever should be pushed down to locked position.
General test procedure

1. Start the engine and start VCADS Pro test program.


2. Check the status of the pressure switch (SE5503, SE5501) and the solenoid valve (MA5501) for the parking brake.
The test for 'Parking brake pressure' (SE5501) and 'Low brake pressure' (SE5203) should show the green symbol.
The rest of the tests should show the grey symbols.
3. Slowly press the brake pedal and check the status on the brake pressure switch (SE5201). This should change from
grey to green symbol when a slight pressure is applied.
4. Continue to press down the brake pedal until the pressure switch for 5 MPa (SE5202) shifting from grey to green
symbol. It should shift before the brake pedal is locking in applied mode.
5. While the digging brake is applied, pull up the safety lever and turn the mode switch to travel position (T).
6. Check the status of the solenoid valve (MA5501) for parking brake. This should show the green symbol. Within a
second the pressure switch for the parking brake (SE5501) should also change from green to grey symbol.
7. Stop the test and turn off the engine.
8. Start the test again and press the brake pedal several times until the brake pressure from the accumulators is
consumed. Then the pressure switch for low brake pressure (SE5203) should show low pressure (red symbol).

Evaluation
If some of the test results show the wrong signal, check the electrical connections according to the electrical diagrams in the
related service information.
SE5501 Parking brake switch
Green symbol means that the parking brake is applied.
Grey symbol means that the parking brake is released.

Figure 1
Parking brake switch

MA5501 Parking brake solenoid valve


Green symbol means that the solenoid valve is activated.
Grey symbol means that the solenoid valve is not activated.

Figure 2
Parking brake solenoid valve

SE5201 Brake pressure switch 5 bar (0,5 MPa)


This pressure switch should close the connection if the brake pressure is higher then 0,5 MPa (14,5 psi).
Green symbol means that the pressure switch is activated.
Grey symbol means that the pressure switch is not activated.

Figure 3
Brake pressure switch 5 bar

SE5202 Brake pressure switch 50 bar (5 MPa)


This pressure switch is closed if the brake pressure is higher than 5 Mpa (725 psi).
Press the brake pedal so that it’s locked in applied position. While the engine is running, the signal should show green
symbol.
Green symbol means that the pressure switch is activated.
Grey symbol means that the pressure switch is not activated.
Figure 4
Brake pressure switch 50 bar

SE5203 Brake low pressure switch 80 bar (8 MPa)


This pressure switch is monitoring the pressure in the accumulators. If the pressure is decreasing under 8 MPa (1160 psi), this
switch is switching to open, and this should be indicated on the I-ECU display.
Turn off the engine and press the brake pedal several times. When the pressure drops below 8 Mpa (1160 psi) the test
should show red symbol.
Green symbol means that the pressure switch is closed.
Red symbol means that the pressure switch is open.

Figure 5
Brake low pressure switch 80 bar
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Battery, description 311 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW200B, EW140B, EW160B, EW180B [GB]

Battery, description
 The two batteries (12V each) connected in series supply 24 volts of electrical power.
 Batteries are used to start the engine, supply the current to the electrical components, and store the current from
the alternator.

WARNING
If a tool touches a cable connected between the positive terminal and the chassis, there is danger that it will cause
sparks. Battery post clamps must be tightly connected. If loosely connected, the terminal may burn or be eroded by
sparks caused by defective contact. Battery acid can burn or blind you. If acid gets on your skin or in your eyes,
immediately wash with plenty of clean water and consult a doctor immediately.

NOTICE
When removing the battery, first disconnect the cable with the black tube from the ground (normally, from the
negative (–) terminal).

NOTICE
Battery power may be lowered under severe cold weather. In this case, warm up the batteries and start the engine.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Battery, storage 311 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Battery, storage
Batteries gradually lose their charge through self-discharge, which is dependent on storage temperature and charge level. A
fully charged battery stored in a cool place loses insignificant capacity in a three-month period. A battery that is partially
charged and/or is stored at room temperature loses capacity faster.
Therefore, always store batteries fully charged and as cool as possible, however, not at freezing temperature. During long-
term storage, the battery should be checked periodically and trickle-charged if needed.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Battery, charging 311 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Battery, charging
WARNING
Battery charging generates hydrogen gas, which may be explosive. Short-circuiting, an open flame or a spark near
the battery may cause a powerful explosion.

Make sure ventilation is adequate when charging batteries. Never smoke near batteries.

The batteries must be in good condition when troubleshooting the electrical system. Check the battery voltage with a
voltmeter. Also check the electrolyte fluid in the battery cells with a densitometer.
If needed, charge the batteries with a battery charger according to the instructions in the Operator's Manual.

NOTICE
Always turn off the current to the battery charger before disconnecting the charging clamps.

 Batteries may only be charged with a battery charger.


 Check that the battery connections are attached securely and free from rust and dirt.
 Check the voltage when the batteries are at rest, that is, before attempting to start. Each battery must be at least
half-charged.

If the batteries do not charge:

 Check the density in the battery cells.


 Measure the charging voltage between the alternator's B+ connection and the chassis with a voltmeter. Correct
charging voltage is 28.5 ±0.5V .

Charge level Voltage Acid weight g/cm3


-20 °C 0 °C +20 °C +40 °C
Fully charged battery 13.5 V 1.30 1.29 1.28 1.27
Half-charged battery 12.4 V 1.23 1.22 1.21 1.20
Discharged battery 11.6 V and lower 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.11
NOTE!
Difference in density between the cells may not exceed 0.04 g/cm3 .
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Batteries, replacing 311 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Batteries, replacing
Op nbr 311-002

1. Turn off the master switch.

2. Open the battery cover located at the backside of the cab.

Figure 1
Battery cover

3. Remove the bracket fixing the batteries.

Figure 2
Bracket, removal

4. Remove the battery cable.


Figure 3
Battery cable, removal

5. Replace the batteries with new ones.

WARNING
Risk of personal injury. Very heavy object.

NOTE!
Battery weight: 40,3 Kg (88,9 lb) each

6. Install the battery cable, and the bracket to the batteries.


NOTE!
Make sure that the battery terminals are firmly fixed.

7. Close the battery cover.


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Charging, description 320 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Charging, description
When the starter motor is activated and the engine starts:

 The alternator generates current to activate all the electrical systems, and the extra current charges the battery.
 The current flows to the safety start relay to cut off the operation of starter motor and prevent accidentally re-
engaging the starter.
 After the engine starting, the battery charge warning lamp is turned off because the current does not flow as the
potential difference disappears.
 The current flows to the hour meter, which operates in the start switch ON position.

If the start switch is turned to the OFF position to stop the engine starting:

 The engine rotates by inertia for a while and the alternator generates current, although the battery relay is shut off.
 When the connection with the batteries is cut off, the voltage peaks and puts a load on the electrical circuit
components.
 In order to prevent an overload the circuit shutdown is delayed as follows:
Alternator terminal I → diode → so, the current flows to the battery relay coil to keep the battery relay engaged,
and when the alternator stops generating current, the battery relay is completely shut off.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Alternator, description 321 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Alternator, description

Figure 1
Alternator

1. Tightening torque 70 ± 5 N m ( 52 ± 4 Ibf ft)


2. B+, positive terminal, tightening torque 7,5 - 8,0 N m (5,6 - 5,9 lbf ft)
3. D+, IND terminal, tightening torque 1,6 - 2,3 N m (1,2 - 1,7 lbf ft)
4. W, phase terminal, tightening torque 2,7 - 3,8 N m (2,0 - 2,8 lbf ft)
5. B-, negative, tightening torque 4,8 - 6,8 N m (3,6 - 5,0 lbf ft)
6. Regulator

NOTICE
Caution adjusting V–belt tension: Do not put the pry bar directly to stator or rear housing. (When using the pry bar,
insert a wooden block between the pry bar and the alternator.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Alternator, replacing incl 321 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
function check
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Alternator, replacing incl function check


Op nbr 321-002

1. Park the machine in service position C, see 091 Service positions.


Turn off the main electric power with main switch.

2. Remove the upper front hatch over the engine.

Figure 1
Superstructure

1. Front cover hatch over the engine

3. Remove the belt cover.

Figure 2
Engine

1. Belt cover

4. Loosen the belt tentioner with a 1/2" ratchet, and remove the belt for the alternator.
Figure 3
Engine belt

1. Belt tensioner
2. Ratchet 1/2"

5. Disconnect the electric wiring from the alternator.

6. Remove two screws fixing the alternator, and lift off the alternator.

7. Remove the belt pulley from the old alternator, and install the pulley to new alternator.
NOTE!
Tightening torque: 70 ±5 Nm (52 ±4 lbf ft)

8. Install new alternator, and tighten two screws.


NOTE!
Tightening torque: 60 Nm (44,4 lbf ft)

9. Connect the electric wiring to the alternator. Concerning the tightening torques for each terminals, see
321 Alternator, description.

10. Loosen the belt tentioner with a 1/2" ratchet, and install belt for the alternator.

Figure 4
Engine belt

1. Belt tensioner
2. Ratchet 1/2"
11. Install the belt cover.

Figure 5
Belt cover

1. Belt cover

12. Install the upper front hatch over the engine.

Figure 6
Superstructure

1. Front cover hatch over the engine

13. Turn on the main electric power with main switch, start the engine, and check that the alternator charges.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Start circuit, description 330 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Start circuit, description


Starting diesel engine
The battery disconnector SW3101 closes the ground connection 31GE1 and the batteries. Then, it supplies feed to the 30-
connection in the fuse box and to B+ on the ignition key SW3301 as well as feed to the main relay RE3101.
When the ignition key SW3301 is turned to position ON, feed is supplied to the main relay RE3101 which is activated and
supplies feed to the 15-connection in the fuse box.
When the ignition key SW3301 is in position ON, feed is supplied to B09 on the V-ECU as well as feed via the diode DI3201
and resistor R3201 to B+ on the alternator AL3201. This gives pre-magnetization of the alternator AL3201.
When the ignition key SW3301 is turned to the start position, feed is supplied via the start inhibitor relay RE3301 to the
starter motor MO3301. The starter motor MO3301 starts the diesel engine but also supplies feed to B02 on the V-ECU,
which is a check of the start circuit.
When the alternator gives an output signal in A38 from the V-ECU that activates the relay RE3301, which prevents activation
of the starter motor MO3301 when the diesel engine is running.
Stopping diesel engine
When the ignition key SW3301 is turned to position OFF, feed is discontinued to:

1. The main relay RE3101 which is deactivated and thus feed is cut off to the 15-connection in the fuse box.
2. Start inhibitor relay RE3301.
3. B09 in the V-ECU, and thus an output signal is obtained from A38 in the V-ECU which activates the relay RE3301 for
3 seconds, which enables the electronics to save data.
It also gives a signal in the CAN-bus J1939 to the E-ECU to stop the diesel engine.
Figure 1
Wiring diagram 1, Start circuit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Preheating, description 333 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Preheating, description
See Starter circuit, 370 Wiring diagram 3.
When the ignition key is turned to position I, the temperature of the coolant is sensed by the temperature sensor SE2601. At
coolant temperature <2 °C, the control unit activates VECU relay RE2501, which supplies voltage to the preheating coil
HE2501.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electric horn, description Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electric horn, description

Figure 1
Electric horn

 Pressing each horn switch on the two operating levers operates the electric horn.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Windscreen wiper, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Windscreen wiper, description


 By the use of the wiper controller, the upper and lower (option) wiper motor provides various functions.

NOTE!
If the upper window is lifted up or the lower window is pulled up, the limit switch is activated, so upper and lower (option)
wiper motor do not work.

 If the upper wiper switch is at the ON position, the upper wiper motor moves the arm/blade from the PARK
position (on the left side of the upper window) onto the upper window, and sweeps the blade through 60°. When
the upper wiper is switched to the OFF position, the arm / blade stops sweeping on the left side of the upper
window.
 Pushing the washer switch sprays the washer solution onto the window, and after about 2 seconds, the upper and
lower (option) wiper motor engage. When the washer switch operation is stopped, the wiper blades wipe the
windows 3 more times, and then return to the park position.
 Lifting the front window while the upper and lower (option) wiper motor are running immediately stops the
operation. However, lowering the window will not automatically restart the wiper motors. The wiper switch must be
turned OFF and then ON again to activate the wiper function.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Windscreen wiper, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
components location
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Windscreen wiper, components location

Figure 1
Wiper motor, location

1 Upper wiper motor 8 Lower wiper blade


2 Lower wiper motor 9 Washer nozzle
3 Upper window limit switch 10 Upper wiper park position
4 Lower window limit switch 11 Lower wiper park position
5 Upper wiper arm 12 Upper wiper sweep operation (60°)
6 Lower wiper arm 13 Lower wiper sweep operation (75°)
7 Upper wiper blade
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiper controller, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiper controller, description


 The wiper control unit is located in the fuse box behind the T-ECU.
 The wiper controller receives information from the upper wiper switch, lower wiper switch (option), washer switch,
upper window limit switch and lower window limit switch, to control the wiper motor and washer pump operation.
 While the wiper motor and washer pump are operating, the wiper controller receives the operating information
from the wiper motor.

Figure 1
Wiper controller

1 AVS 0.85 W/GN


2 AVS 0.85 W/BL
3 AVS 0.85 BL/Y
4 AVS 0.85 BN/W
5 AVS 0.85 SB
6 AVS 0.85 Y/BL
7 AVS 0.85 GN
8 AVS 0.85 R
11 AVS 0.85 GN/Y
12 AVS 0.85 R/GN
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Upper wiper motor, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Upper wiper motor, description


 The upper wiper motor rotates alternately to both directions according to the output direction of wiper controller.
 When the motor rotates once, the wiper blade operates reciprocally up and down by the linkage.
 The cam plate in the motor outputs the signals to the controller in accordance with the motor position.

Figure 1
Upper wiper motor

1 Positive, auxiliary park feed (Y)


2 Park feed (GN)
3 Negative, GND (SB)
4 Positive, n2 speed (BL)
5 Positive, n1 speed (R)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Lower wiper motor, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Lower wiper motor, description


 The lower wiper motor rotates alternately to both directions according to the output direction of wiper controller.
 The cam plate in the motor outputs the signals to the controller in accordance with the motor position.

Figure 1
Lower wiper motor

1 Park feed (GN)


2 Negative, GND (SB)
3 Positive, auxiliary park feed (Y)
4 Positive, n1 speed (R)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Window limit switch, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Window limit switch, description


 If the upper window is lifted up or the lower window is pulled up, the upper or lower window limit switch is
activated and cuts off the ground circuit of wiper controller to stop the upper and lower (option) wiper motors.

Figure 1
Upper window limit switch

1. Normally opened (AVS 0.85 BL)


2. Common (AVS 0.85 Y)
3. Normally closed (AVS 0.85 GN)

Figure 2
Lower window limit switch

1. Common (AVS 0.85 Y)


2. Normally closed (AVS 0.85 GN)

Inspection method

 Test the continuity between the terminals at normally opened and normally closed position by test meter.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Battery disconnect switch, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Battery disconnect switch, description

Figure 1
Main switch

1. Off position
2. On position
3. Tightening torque: 1,4 ±0,1 N m (1,1 ±0,1 lbf ft)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SW2704 Emergency engine Service Information 2014/5/7 0
speed control switch,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SW2704 Emergency engine speed control switch, description

Figure 1
Emergency engine speed control switch

SS To start switch
MR Main relay
ES Emergency switch
U Upper position
N Neutral position
D Down position
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SW2706 Auto/manual Service Information 2014/5/7 0
select switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SW2706 Auto/manual select switch, description

Figure 1
Auto/manual select switch

A. Manual position
B. Auto position
C. Auto/manual select switch, SW2706
D. Resister
E. Pump control proportional valve, PWM9101
F. Travel solenoid valve, MA4202
G. Terminal array and schematic diagram
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SW3101 Main switch, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SW3101 Main switch, description

Figure 1
Main switch

1. Off position
2. On position
3. Tightening torque: 1,4 ±0,1 N m (1,1 ±0,1 lbf ft)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SW3301 Start switch, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SW3301 Start switch, description


 The switch selectively routes power supply to various electrical components of the engine start / stop and accessory
circuits.

Figure 1
Start switch

Figure 2
Start switch, circuit

1 START 3 OFF
2 ON
Figure 3
Connection of terminals
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SW3301 Start switch, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
specifications
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SW3301 Start switch, specifications


Start switch, specifications

Item Specifications
Maximum current B–BR, B–ACC : 30 A
B–R1, B–R2 : 60 A
B–C : Momentary 75 A, Continuous 22 A
Insulation resistance 1 MΩ or more (500 V megohmmeter)

Start switch, wire specifications

No. Wire specifications


2 B+, AVS 5.0 Y
3 BR, AVS 3.0 R/W
5 ACC, AVS 3.0 R
23 R2, AVS 5.0 W
7 C, AVS 3.0 R/SB
26 R1, AVS 3.0 R/GN

Inspection method

 Continuity test at each position by test meter.


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Multi-function lever switch, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Multi-function lever switch, description


Housing B

Terminal number Terminal designation Color


1 H Brown-yellow
2 15/1 Black-violet
3 56b Yellow
4 53c Black-yellow
5 56 White-yellow
6 56a White

Housing C

Terminal number Terminal designation Color


1 15 Black-blue
2 J Black-blue-brown
3 53 Black-blue-yellow
4 31b Brown-blue
5 49a Violet-white
6 L Violet-green
7 R Violet-red
8 53b Black-blue-white
Figure 1
Multi-function switch, connectors

B Connector housing B
C Connector housing C
J Windshield wiper
K Washer
X Left turn signal OFF
Y Left turn signal ON
Z Right turn signal ON
W Right turn signal OFF
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA4201 Cruise control Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA4201 Cruise control solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Cruise control solenoid valve

1. Cruise control solenoid valve


2. Connector (DT04-2P-C015)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA4202 Travel solenoid Service Information 2014/5/7 0
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA4202 Travel solenoid valve, description


Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 91401-2 solenoid valve test

1. Activate the valve using the start button. The valve is activated and deactivated for a period of a few seconds.
2. During this time it should be possible to feel the movement backwards and forwards of the spool in the valve by
hand.
3. If the movement can not be felt by hand, check if there is an electrical fault or the spool is stuck mechanically.

Figure 1
Servo hydraulic valve block

1. Travel solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA4203 Gear select Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA4203 Gear select solenoid valve, description


Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 91401-2 solenoid valve test

1. Activate the valve using the start button. The valve is activated and deactivated for a period of a few seconds.
2. During this time it should be possible to feel the movement backwards and forwards of the spool in the valve by
hand.
3. If the movement can not be felt by hand, check if there is an electrical fault or the spool is stuck mechanically.

Figure 1
Servo hydraulic valve block

1. Gear select solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA4204 Q-max solenoid Service Information 2014/5/7 0
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA4204 Q-max solenoid valve, description


Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 91401-2 solenoid valve test

1. Activate the valve using the start button. The valve is activated and deactivated for a period of a few seconds.
2. During this time it should be possible to feel the movement backwards and forwards of the spool in the valve by
hand.
3. If the movement can not be felt by hand, check if there is an electrical fault or the spool is stuck mechanically.

Figure 1
Servo hydraulic valve block

1. Q-max solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA5501 Parking brake Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA5501 Parking brake solenoid valve, description


Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 91401-2 solenoid valve test

1. Activate the valve using the start button. The valve is activated and deactivated for a period of a few seconds.
2. During this time it should be possible to feel the movement backwards and forwards of the spool in the valve by
hand.
3. If the movement can not be felt by hand, check if there is an electrical fault or the spool is stuck mechanically.

Figure 1
Servo hydraulic valve block

1. Parking brake solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9104 Hammer solenoid Service Information 2014/5/7 0
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9104 Hammer solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Hammer solenoid valve
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9107 Power boost Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9107 Power boost solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Main control valve

1. Power boost solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9108 Control lockout Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9108 Control lockout solenoid valve, description


Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 91401-2 solenoid valve test

1. Activate the valve using the start button. The valve is activated and deactivated for a period of a few seconds.
2. During this time it should be possible to feel the movement backwards and forwards of the spool in the valve by
hand.
3. If the movement can not be felt by hand, check if there is an electrical fault or the spool is stuck mechanically.

Figure 1
Servo hydraulic valve block

1. Safety bar solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9109 Quickfit solenoid Service Information 2014/5/7 0
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9109 Quickfit solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Quickfit solenoid valve

PS, A, T M14 x 1,5


B, P3 M16 x 1,5
LS 1/4" BSPP

Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 92401-2 attachment bracket test


The object of the test is to check the function of the switch, relay and solenoid valve for quickfit.

1. Start the engine.


2. Place the digging unit in a position where it is safe to release the quickfit.
3. Put the safety lever to the locked position.
4. Start 'Signal voltage, open lock' sub test. Operate both of the buttons for quickfit locking.
5. Check that the status of the signal changes.
Green lamp = activated
Grey lamp = not activated
6. Start 'Function test' sub test. Operate the front button (SW9104) in the direction of 'Open lock'.
7. Check that the green lamp is lit in the sub test 'Output signal, open lock'. At the same time the quickfit must now
be open.
8. Operate the rear button (SW9105) in the direction of 'Close lock'. The green lamps in the sub test must now go out.
At the same time the lock must be closed.
9. Exit the test.

Evaluation

1. If the green lamp does not light in 'Signal voltage, open lock' and no fault code is stored, there is an open-circuit in
the circuit between terminal L3B3 in the distribution box and terminal A23 in the V-ECU.
2. If the lamp in 'Output signal, open lock' lights only when the switch is operated and then goes out when it is
released, fault-trace the relay and connections.
3. If the lamps in the sub test light up and go out correctly but there is no function in the quickfit, check the solenoid
valve (MA9109) and the connections. Check the bridge connection in terminal L17.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9119 Boom float Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9119 Boom float solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Boom float solenoid valve
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9110 9111 Rotator left/ Service Information 2014/5/7 0
right solenoid valve,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9110 9111 Rotator left/right solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Rotator solenoid valve

Yx, Yy Magnet, AMP Junior timer


A, B Work port
Z Control pressure
D4 60 l/min
VDB1 230 +10/0 bar
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9152 Axle locking Service Information 2014/5/7 0
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9152 Axle locking solenoid valve, description


Test procedure with VCADS Pro, 91401-2 solenoid valve test

1. Activate the valve using the start button. The valve is activated and deactivated for a period of a few seconds.
2. During this time it should be possible to feel the movement backwards and forwards of the spool in the valve by
hand.
3. If the movement can not be felt by hand, check if there is an electrical fault or the spool is stuck mechanically.

Figure 1
Servo hydraulic valve block

1. Axle locking solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


MA9153 9154 9155 9156 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Outrigger solenoid valve,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

MA9153 9154 9155 9156 Outrigger solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Outrigger solenoid valve

P, T G 3/4"
A1, A2, B1, B2 G 1/2"
Y G 1/4"
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


PWM4201 Cruise flow Service Information 2014/5/7 0
control proportional
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

PWM4201 Cruise flow control proportional solenoid valve,


description

Figure 1
Cruise flow control proportional solenoid valve
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


PWM9101 Pump control Service Information 2014/5/7 0
proportional solenoid
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

PWM9101 Pump control proportional solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Pump control proportional solenoid valve

P Discharge port, SAE 1 1/4" (6000 psi)


T Inlet port, SAE 2" (standard)
X1 Control pressure port M14 x 1,5, max 30 bar
A Control port limit switch - override, M14 x 1,5
LS1 Load sensing port, M14 x 1,5
LS2 Load sensing port, M14 x 1,5
X Control port acting prssure, M14 x 1,5
L Drain port, M27 x 2
U Vent port, M27 x 2
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


PWM9102 Fan motor Service Information 2014/5/7 0
proportional solenoid
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

PWM9102 Fan motor proportional solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Fan motor proportional solenoid valve
Figure 2
Coolant cooling fan

1. Fan motor proportional solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


PWM9103 Hammer flow Service Information 2014/5/7 0
control proportional
solenoid valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

PWM9103 Hammer flow control proportional solenoid valve,


description

Figure 1
Hammer flow control proportional solenoid valve
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


PWM9104 Anti cavitation Service Information 2014/5/7 0
proportional solenoid
valve, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

PWM9104 Anti cavitation proportional solenoid valve, description

Figure 1
Main control valve

1. Anti cavitation proportional solenoid valve


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Connectors Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Connectors
Figure 1
Connectors, configuration 1
Figure 2
Connectors, configuration 2
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Control units changing, 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
precaution
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Control units changing, precaution


Before changing electronic control unit Volvo CE product specialist should be consulted.
NOTE!
Before changing a control unit, customer parameters must be read out so that they can be programmed again.

WARNING
The control unit connectors must be unplugged during all electric welding.

See also, 091 Welding on the machine.


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


E-ECU, MID 128, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

E-ECU, MID 128, changing pre-programmed ECU


Op nbr 200-070

1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '17030-2 Parameter, programming'.

2. Use the function 'save all parameters to job card'.


NOTE!
Before the removal of E-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Remove four screws, and remove the E-ECU cover.

Figure 1
E-ECU cover, removal

4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from E-ECU.

Figure 2
Connector, removal
NOTE!
Press the stopper, and pull up the locking device to disconnect the connector.

5. Remove four screws fixing E-ECU.


Install new E-ECU, and tighten four screws.

Figure 3
E-ECU, replacement

6. Connect the wiring harness connector to the E-ECU.

Figure 4
Connector, installation

7. Install the E-ECU cover, and tighten four screws.

Figure 5
E-ECU cover, installation

8. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation 17030-2 Parameter, programming'. Now
the customer parameters are changed according to the job card saved at step 2.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


E-ECU, MID 128, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

E-ECU, MID 128, changing non-programmed ECU


Op nbr 200-068

1. Connect the VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '28423-2 MID 128 control unit,
programming'.

2. When VCADS Pro 'MID 128 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing E-ECU.
NOTE!
Before the removal of E-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Remove four screws, and remove the E-ECU cover.

Figure 1
E-ECU cover, removal

4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from E-ECU.

Figure 2
Connector, removal
NOTE!
Press the stopper, and pull up the locking device to disconnect the connector.

5. Remove four screws fixing E-ECU.


Install new E-ECU, and tighten four screws.

Figure 3
E-ECU, removal

6. Connect the wiring harness connector to the E-ECU.

Figure 4
Connector, installation

7. Install the E-ECU cover, and tighten four screws.


Figure 5
E-ECU cover, installation

8. After replacing E-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '28423-2 MID 128 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new E-ECU.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


T-ECU, MID 130, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

T-ECU, MID 130, changing pre-programmed ECU


Op nbr 432-078

1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '17030-2 Parameter, programming'.

2. Use the function 'save all parameters to job card'.


NOTE!
Before the removal of T-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Remove four screws fixing T-ECU in the fuse box.

Figure 1
T-ECU, removal

4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from T-ECU by pulling out the red locking device.

Figure 2
Connector locking device

5. Connect the wiring harness connector to new T-ECU.


6. Install new T-ECU to the fuse box.

7. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation 17030-2 Parameter, programming'. Now
the customer parameters are changed according to the job card saved at step 2.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


T-ECU, MID 130, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

T-ECU, MID 130, changing non-programmed ECU


Op nbr 432-076

1. Connect the VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '43205-2 MID 130 control unit,
programming'.

2. When VCADS Pro 'MID 130 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing T-ECU.
NOTE!
Before the removal of T-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Remove four screws fixing T-ECU in the fuse box.

Figure 1
T-ECU, removal

4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from T-ECU by pulling out the red locking device.

Figure 2
Connector locking device
5. Connect the wiring harness connector to new T-ECU.

6. Install new T-ECU to the fuse box.

7. After replacing T-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '43205-2 MID 130 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new T-ECU.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


I-ECU, MID 140, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

I-ECU, MID 140, changing pre-programmed ECU


Op nbr 300-074

1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '17030-2 Parameter, programming'.

2. Use the function 'save all parameters to job card'.


NOTE!
Before the removal of I-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Remove the screw cover, and two screws fixing I-ECU to the cab.

Figure 1
I-ECU, replacement

4. Disconnect the wiring harness from the I-ECU, and connect it with new I-ECU.

5. Install new I-ECU to the cab with two screws and the screw cover.

6. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation 17030-2 Parameter, programming'. Now
the customer parameters are changed according to the job card saved at step 2.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


I-ECU, MID 140, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

I-ECU, MID 140, changing non-programmed ECU


Op nbr 300-072

1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '38145-2 MID 140 control unit,
programming'.

2. When VCADS Pro 'MID 140 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions of replacing I-ECU.
NOTE!
Before the removal of I-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Remove the screw cover, and two screws fixing I-ECU to the cab.

Figure 1
I-ECU, changing

4. Disconnect the wiring harness from the I-ECU, and connect it with new I-ECU.

5. Install new I-ECU to the cab with two screws and the screw cover.

6. After replacing I-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '38145-2 MID 140 control unit, programming'. Now
VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new I-ECU.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


V-ECU, MID 187, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

V-ECU, MID 187, changing pre-programmed ECU


Op nbr 366-066

1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '17030-2 Parameter, programming'.

2. Use the function 'save all parameters to job card'.


NOTE!
Before the removal of V-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Move the operator's seat to the front position, and fold the backrest forward.

4. Remove the plastic casing over the cab fan.

Figure 1
Cab fan casing

5. Disconnect two wiring harness connectors from the V-ECU.

Figure 2
V-ECU connectors
NOTE!
Concerning JA connector, 70 pins, pull up the locking device to disconnect it.
Figure 3
Connector locking device
NOTE!
Concerning JB connector, 16 pins, pull out the red locking device to disconnect it.

6. Remove two screws at the upper side of V-ECU, and loosen two screws at the bottom side of V-ECU.

Figure 4
V-ECU, replacement

7. Lift off the V-ECU, and replace it with new one.

8. Tighten four screws for fixing V-ECU to the cab.

9. Connect two wiring harness connectors to the V-ECU.

Figure 5
V-ECU, connectors

10. Fit the plastic casing over the cab fan.


Figure 6
Cab fan casing

11. Return the operator's seat to the position it was in before the work was started.

12. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation 17030-2 Parameter, programming'. Now
the customer parameters are changed according to the job card saved at step 2.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


V-ECU, MID 187, changing 367 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

V-ECU, MID 187, changing non-programmed ECU


Op nbr 366-064

1. Connect the VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '36646-2 MID 187 control unit,
programming'.

2. When VCADS Pro 'MID 187 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing V-ECU.
NOTE!
Before the removal of V-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.

3. Move the operator's seat to the front position, and fold the backrest forward.

4. Remove the plastic casing over the cab fan.

Figure 1
Cab fan casing

5. Disconnect two wiring harness connectors from the V-ECU.

Figure 2
V-ECU connectors
NOTE!
Concerning JA connector, 70 pins, pull up the locking device to disconnect it.
Figure 3
Connector locking device
NOTE!
Concerning JB connector, 16 pins, pull out the red locking device to disconnect it.

6. Remove two screws at the upper side of V-ECU, and loosen two screws at the bottom side of V-ECU.

Figure 4
V-ECU, replacement

7. Lift off the V-ECU, and replace it with new one.

8. Tighten four screws for fixing V-ECU to the cab.

9. Connect two wiring harness connectors to the V-ECU.

Figure 5
V-ECU connectors

10. Fit the plastic casing over the cab fan.


Figure 6
Cab fan casing

11. Return the operator's seat to the position it was in before the work was started.

12. After replacing V-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '36646-2 MID 187 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new V-ECU.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Grounding points, position 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Grounding points, position


Figure 1
Position of grounding points
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram, 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
component list and index
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram, component list and index


Control units Diagram
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 15, 16,
17, 19, 23, 25
E-ECU Engine electronic control unit 2, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16, 23
T-ECU Transmission electronic control unit 2, 5, 8, 10, 11, 16, 23
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 11, 15,
17, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25

Alternator and power sources Diagram


AL3201 Alternator 1
BA3101 Battery 1
BA3102 Battery 1

Antenna Diagram
ANT3901 Antenna 12

Cassette radio Diagram


CRR3901 Cassette radio 12

Control unit Diagram


CU3601 Wiper controller 13
CU8701 Air conditioner switch and controller 20
CU8702 Auxiliary diesel heater (option) 21
CU9101 Rototilt controller (option) 24

Diodes Diagram
DI3201 Alternator 1
DI3501 Light switch 6
DI3601 Mode selector, mode W 11
DI3602 Mode selector, mode C 11
DI4201 Solenoid valve, travel 10, 11
DI4202 Solenoid valve, travel 10, 11
DI5501 Solenoid valve, parking brake 11
DI5502 Solenoid valve, parking brake 11
DI8701 Air conditioner fan 20
DI8702 Air conditioner compressor 20
DI9101 T-ECU 2, 16
DI9102 Axle locking in an emergency 11
DI9401 Rototilt relay 24
DI9402 Rototilt relay 24

Fuse Wiring diagram


FU01 10 A Start switch 1
FU02 10 A 24 V outlet 14
FU03 10 A High beam flasher 8
FU04 10 A I-ECU 2, 23
FU05 10 A V-ECU 2
FU06 10 A T-ECU 2, 16
FU07 10 A E-ECU 2, 3, 5
FU08 5 A Heating coil, air preheater 3
FU09 10 A Illumination 6
FU10 10 A Position light, left 7
FU11 10 A Position light, right 7
FU12 10 A High beam 8
FU13 10 A Hazard flashers 7
FU14 10 A Light switch 6
FU15 10 A Rotating beacon, cab lighting 9
FU16 10 A Low beam, left 8
FU17 10 A Low beam, right 8
FU18 10 A Main fuse, lighting 8
FU19 15 A Work lights, boom 9
Cab light
FU20 10 A Rear lights, backward travel alarm, rear work lights 8, 9, 10
FU21 10 A Cruise control 10
FU22 10 A Power booster, boom float mode, axle lock, sensors and coolers 11, 15, 25
FU23 20 A Seat heating, seat air suspension, cigarette lighter 14
FU24 5 A Cassette radio 12
FU25 15 A Auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 1, 2, 12, 21
FU26 10 A Multi-function lever switch, wiper and washer 12, 13
FU27 10 A Servo hydraulic cut-off solenoid 11
FU28 5 A Horn 12
FU29 5 A Quickfit (attachment bracket) 17
FU30 10 A Outriggers 18
FU31 10 A X1 option, superstructure position sensor 10, 11, 12, 19, 25
FU32 5 A X3 and X5 option 19, 25
FU33 15 A Air conditioner and heater 21
FU34 10 A Automatic central lubrication 1
FU35 10 A Fuel pump 22
FU36 10 A Rototilt 24
FU37 5 A Cassette memory 1
FU38 10 A Spare 1 1
FU39 15 A Spare 2 1

Heaters Diagram
HE2501 Air preheater 3
HE3801 Cigarette lighter 14
HE8501 Seat heater (option) 14
HE8701 Auxiliary diesel heater (option) 21
Service connection Diagram
IS Service tool connection 23

Lights Diagram
LA3501 Low beam, left 8
LA3502 Low beam, right 8
LA3503 Work light, boom left (option) 9
LA3504 Work light, boom right (option) 9
LA3505 Work light, counterweight (option) 9
LA3506 Work light, cab rearward (option) 9
LA3507 Work lights, cab forward left 9
LA3508 Work lights, cab forward right 9
LA3509 Cab lighting 9
LA3511 Position light, left front 7
LA3512 Rear light, left 7
LA3513 Position light, right front 7
LA3514 Rear light, right 7
LA3515 Side lights (option) 7
LA3516 Direction indicator, left front 7
LA3517 Direction indicator, left rear 7
LA3518 Direction indicator, right front 7
LA3519 Direction indicator, right rear 7
LA3520 High beam, left 8
LA3521 High beam, right 8
LA3522 Brake light, left 8
LA3523 Brake light, right 8
LA3524 Backward travel light 8
LA3525 Fog lights 8
LA3526 Licence plate light, left (option) 7
LA3527 Licence plate light, right (option) 7
LA3601 Rotating beacon (option) 9

Indicator lights Diagram


LC2201 Engine oil pressure 4
LC2501 Air filter 4
LC2502 Air preheater 3
LC2601 Coolant temperature 4
LC2603 Coolant level 4
LC3201 Battery charging 4
LC3502 Work lights, rearward (option) 6
LC3503 Cab lighting 6
LC3504 Work lights 6
LC3511 High beams 8
LC3512 Direction indicators 7
LC3513 Hazard flashers 6
LC3514 Fog lights 6
LC3603 Windshield wiper, lower (option) 6
LC3604 Travel alarm cut-off (option) 6
LC3801 Central warning 4, 17
LC3811 I-ECU illumination 6
LC3815 Rotating beacon (option) 6
LC3904 Mute-function (option) 6
LC4201 Cruise control (option) 6
LC4901 Turret alignment 10
LC5201 Low brake pressure 4, 11
LC5501 Parking brake 11
LC6401 Low steering pressure 4
LC8501 Seat heating (option) 6
LC8702 Air conditioner 20
LC9101 Hammer/shears (option) 6
LC9104 Quickfit (attachment bracket) switch 1 6
LC9105 Quickfit (attachment bracket) switch 2 6
LC9151 Axle lock indicator 11
LC9152 Boom float position (option) 15
LC9153 Power Boost 15
LC9154 Hydraulic oil filter 4
LC9155 Hydraulic oil temperature 4
LC9156 Axle lock switch 6
LC9157 Warning alarm stop and confirm switch 6
LC9158 Automatic idle selection switch 6
LC9159 Outrigger left front switch (option) 6
LC9160 Outrigger right front switch, or dozer blade switch (option) 6
LC9161 Outrigger left rear switch (option) 6
LC9162 Outrigger right rear switch (option) 6
LC9163 Hammer (option) 19
LC9164 Shears (option) 19
LC9201 Quickfit (attachment bracket) open 17
LC9401 Overload warning indicator 4
LC9402 Overload warning switch (option) 6
LC9403 Rototilt selection switch 6

Solenoid valves Diagram


MA2301 Unit injector 1 3, 5
MA2302 Unit injector 2 3, 5
MA2303 Unit injector 3 3, 5
MA2304 Unit injector 4 3, 5
MA2305 Unit injector 5 3, 5
MA2306 Unit injector 6 3, 5
MA4201 Cruise control (option) 10
MA4202 Travel 11
MA4203 Gear selector 10
MA4204 Q-max 10
MA4205 Cruise control (option) 10
MA5501 Parking brake 11
MA9104 Hammer (option) / X1 side 'A' 19, 25
MA9105 CVS (option) / X1 side 'B' 25
MA9107 Power Boost 15
MA9108 Servo hydraulic cut-off 11
MA9109 Quickfit (attachment bracket) 17
MA9110 X3 / Rotator left (option) 19
MA9111 X3 / Rotator right (option) 19
MA9119 Float mode (option) 15
MA9151 X1 pressure increase (option) 19, 25
MA9152 Axle lock 11
MA9153 Outrigger, left front (option) 18
MA9154 Outrigger, right front/dozer blade (option) 18
MA9155 Outrigger, left rear (option) 18
MA9156 Outrigger, right rear/dozer blade (option) 18
MA9157 Rototilt quickfit (attachment bracket) (option) 24
MA9158 Rototilt grapple open (option) 24
MA9159 Rototilt grapple close (option) 24
MA9160 Rototilt rotation, left (option) 24
MA9161 Rototilt rotation, right (option) 24
MA9162 Rototilt tilt, left (option) 24
MA9163 Rototilt tilt, right (option) 24
MA9164 Adjustable boom (option) 26
MA9165 Adjustable boom (option) 26

Motors Diagram
MO2302 Fuel filling pump (option) 22
MO3301 Starter motor 1, 3
MO3601 Washer motor 13
MO3602 Windshield wiper motor, upper 13
MO3603 Windshield wiper motor, lower (option) 13
MO3604 Rotating beacon (option) 9
MO8501 Seat air suspension compressor (option) 14
MO8701 Air conditioner cooling motor 20
MO8702 Air conditioner compressor (option) 20
MO8703 Air conditioner, intake actuator 20
MO8704 Air conditioner, face actuator 20
MO8705 Air conditioner, foot actuator, right 20
MO8706 Air conditioner, foot actuator, left 20
MO8707 Air conditioner, air mix actuator 20
MO8708 Auxiliary diesel heater water pump (option) 21
MO8709 Auxiliary diesel heater fuel pump (option) 21
MO9901 Automatic central lubrication (option)

Proportional valves Diagram


PWM4201 Cruise control (option) 10
PWM9101 Hydraulic pump control 16
PWM9102 Oil cooler 15
PWM9103 X1 flow (option) 19
PWM9104 Anti-cavitation 10

Resistors Diagram
R3201 Alternator 1
R9101 Hydraulic pump 16
R8701 Air conditioner 20

Relays Diagram
RE2501 Air preheater 3
RE3101 Main relay 1
RE3301 Ignition lock 1, 3
RE3501 Head lights 8
RE3502 Working lights 9
RE3524 Backward travel light (option) 8
RE3601 Travel alarm (option) 10
RE3604 Horn 12
RE3701 Spare 1 1
RE3702 Spare 2 1
RE4204 Q-max 10
RE4205 Cruise control 10
RE8701 Auxiliary diesel heater 21
RE8702 Air conditioner compressor (option) 20
RE8703 Air conditioner fan speed 1 20
RE8704 Air conditioner fan speed 2 20
RE8705 Air conditioner fan speed 3 20
RE8706 Air conditioner fan speed 4 20
RE9104 Quickfit (attachment bracket) 17
RE9108 Servo hydraulic cut-off 11
RE9401 Rototilt (option) 24
RFX Direction indicators and hazard flashers 7

Speaker Diagram
SA3602 Horn 12
SA3603 Travel alarm (option) 10
SA3901 Speaker 1 12
SA3902 Speaker 2 12

Sensors and monitors Diagram


SE2203 Pressure sensor, engine oil 4
SE2303 Level sensor, fuel 4, 22
SE2306 Temperature sensor, fuel 5
SE2501 Temperature sensor, ambient air 5
SE2502 Pressure sensor, air cleaner 4, 5
SE2507 Temperature sensor, charge-air 5
SE2508 Pressure sensor, charge-air 5
SE2601 Temperature sensor, coolant 3, 4, 15
SE2603 Level sensor, coolant 4
SE2701 Speed sensor 1, flywheel 5
SE2702 Speed sensor 2, flywheel 16
SE2703 Speed sensor, camshaft 4, 5
SE3602 Position sensor, windshield, upper 13
SE3603 Position sensor, windshield, lower (option) 13
SE4201 Pressure sensor, travel pedal 5, 10
SE4202 Speed sensor, transmission (option) 10
SE4203 Pressure sensor, travel pedal rearward 10
SE4901 Position sensor, superstructure alignment 10
SE5201 Pressure sensor, brake pressure 8, 11
SE5202 Pressure sensor, brake pressure 50 Bar 8, 11
SE5203 Pressure sensor, low brake pressure 4, 11
SE5501 Pressure sensor, parking brake 11
SE6401 Pressure sensor, steering pressure 4
SE8701 Pressure sensor, air conditioner receiver drier (option) 20
SE8702 Temperature sensor, air conditioner cab (option) 20
SE8703 Temperature sensor, air conditioner duct (option) 20
SE8704 Temperature sensor, air conditioner water (option) 20
SE8705 Temperature sensor, air conditioner ambient (option) 20
SE9101 Pressure sensor, automatic idle 5
SE9102 Pressure sensor, X1 pedal 19, 25
SE9151 Position sensor, safety bar 5, 11
SE9152 Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil 4, 15
SE9153 Pressure sensor, hydraulic oil filter 4
SE9154 Pressure sensor, automatic idle - boom lowering 5
SE9155 Pressure sensor, automatic idle - dipper arm in 5
SE9156 Position sensor, automatic oscillation lock 11
SE9160 Position sensor, safety bar 5, 11
SE9401 Pressure sensor, overload warning 4, 15

Voltage converter Diagram


SO3901 Voltage converter 12

Switches Diagram
SW2302 Fuel pump start (option) 22
SW2303 Fuel pump stop (option) 22
SW2701 Engine rpm control 5
SW2703 Automatic idle 5
SW2704 Emergency engine rpm control (Limp home function) 2, 3, 5
SW2706 Engine speed and pump flow control, auto/manual selection 2, 16
SW3101 Main switch 1
SW3301 Start switch 1, 3
SW3501 Work lights 9
SW3502 Work lights, rear (option) 9
SW3503 Cab lighting 9
SW3511 Head rights (rotary type) 6
SW3512 Direction indicators (column type) 7
SW3513 Hazard flashers 7
SW3514 High beams (column type) 8
SW3515 Fog lights 8
SW3601 Washer motor (column type) 13
SW3602 Windshield wiper (column type) 13
SW3603 Windshield wiper lower (option) 13
SW3606 Horn (left control lever) 12
SW3611 Horn (column type) 12
SW3612 Rotating beacon (option) 9
SW3613 Mode selection (rotary type) 5, 10, 11, 16
SW3614 Travel alarm (option) 10
SW3901 Mute control (option) 12
SW4201 Cruise control (option) 10
SW4202 Travel speed switch (rotary type) 10
SW8501 Seat heating (option) 14
SW9104 Quickfit (attachment bracket) 1 17
SW9105 Quickfit (attachment bracket) 2 17
SW9107 Hammer/shear selection (option) 19, 25
SW9108 Power boost/hammer/ rototilt tilt right (option) 15, 24, 25
SW9109 Rototilt tilt left/ X1 side 'B' (option) 24, 25
SW9151 Axle lock 11
SW9152 Automatic axle lock (option) 11
SW9153 Outrigger left front (option) 18
SW9154 Outrigger right front/dozer blade (option) 18
SW9155 Outrigger left rear (option) 18
SW9156 Outrigger right rear (option) 18
SW9157 Rototilt grapple open (option) 24
SW9158 Boom float mode (right control lever) 15, 24
SW9159 Hammer foot-switch (option) 19
Hammer switch (option)
SW9160 Warning signal turn off, and confirm 17
SW9161 X5 option (left control lever) 19
SW9162 Adjustable boom selection (option) 26
SW9401 Overload warning (option) 4, 15
SW9403 Rototilt selection (option) 24
SW9405 X3 left/Rototilt, rotator left (option) 19, 24
SW9406 X3 right/Rototilt, rotator right (option) 19, 24
SW9407 Rototilt grapple closed/boost (option) 24

Timers and counters Diagram


IM3803 Fuel gauge 4
IM3811 Coolant gauge 4
IM3812 Hour meter 4

Outlets Diagram
PO3901 12 V outlet in cab 14
PO3902 24 V outlet on fuse box 14
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Component designations 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Component designations
The components in the electrical system are grouped in sixteen component groups according to standard SS-IEC 750 . The
component group is indicated by a letter according to the following table. Each separate component has a running number
after the letter.

Description Designation
Antenna ANT
Diodes DI
Alternator AL
Sensors and monitors SE
Indicator light LC
Cassette radio CRR
Control unit CU
Lights LA
Solenoid valve MA
Motor MO
Resistors R
Proportional valve PWM
Relay RE
Service connection IS
Horn, speakers SA
Voltage converter SO
Power (electric) source BA
Switches SW
Control unit V-ECU, E-ECU, I-ECU, T-ECU
Fuses FU
Timers and counters IM
Connections and connectors PO
Heaters HE
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Cable and component 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
marking explanations
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Cable and component marking explanations

Figure 1
Principle diagram, wiring diagram

Example of cable and component designations


1 30 Box with designation for feed Plus feed
2 SW601 SW - switches 6 = Function group 01 = Running number
3 SCH16 Diagram number
4 30–20 30 = Feed 20 = Fuse number
5 6101 6 = Function group 1 = Electrical event [ 1]  01 = Running number
6 6201 6 = Function group 2 = Electrical event 01 = Running number
7 31 31 = DIN marking
8 31 Box with designation for ground Ground connection
(chassis) connection
9 SCH05 Diagram number next to an arrow-
shaped box is a reference to another
diagram
10 3 A reference number in an arrow-shaped
box can be found in an arrow-shaped
box in the diagram to which it refers.

[ 1]Electrical event occurs when a cable has passed something, for example, a switch or relay that can have caused an
electrical change (electrical event). Each electrical event changes the number, 1 becomes 2 and so on.
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electrical symbols and 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
designations
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electrical symbols and designations


Designation Symbol Explanation
AL Alternator with charging regulator

BA Battery

CU Electronic unit

DI Diode
E-ECU Engine control unit

FU Fuse
HE Heaters

I-ECU Instrument control unit

IM Instrument, i.e. hour meter

LA Light
LC Control light, fixed light
Control light, flashing light
MA Solenoid valve

MO Electric motor

Starter motor
PO Outlets

PWM Proportional valve

R Resistor

RE Relay

RFX Relay

SA Audible signal

SE Speed sensor

Level sensor

Temperature sensor

Pressure sensor

Pressure monitor

Mechanical monitor

Position monitor

SW Switches

Switches

T-ECU Pump control unit

V-ECU Vehicle control unit

Ground connection

Ground connection engine block


Shielded cable
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 1 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 1
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


AL3201 Alternator
BA3101 Battery
BA3102 Battery
DI3201 Diode, alternator
FU01 Fuse, start switch 10 A
FU25 Fuse, auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 15 A
FU34 Fuse, automatic central lubrication 10 A
FU37 Fuse, cassette memory 5A
FU38 Fuse, spare 1 10 A
FU39 Fuse, spare 2 15 A
MO3301 Starter motor
R3201 Resistor, alternator
RE3101 Main relay
RE3301 Start relay
RE3701 Relay, spare 1
RE3702 Relay, spare 2
SW3101 Master switch
SW3301 Start switch
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 1 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 1
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


AL3201 Alternator
BA3101 Battery
BA3102 Battery
DI3201 Diode, alternator
FU01 Fuse, start switch 10 A
FU25 Fuse, auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 15 A
FU34 Fuse, automatic central lubrication 10 A
FU37 Fuse, cassette memory 5A
FU38 Fuse, spare 1 10 A
FU39 Fuse, spare 2 15 A
MO3301 Starter motor
R3201 Resistor, alternator
RE3101 Main relay
RE3301 Start relay
RE3701 Relay, spare 1
RE3702 Relay, spare 2
SW3101 Master switch
SW3301 Start switch
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 2 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 2
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


DI9101 Diode, T-ECU
E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU04 Fuse, I-ECU 10 A
FU05 Fuse, V-ECU 10 A
FU06 Fuse, T-ECU 10 A
FU07 Fuse, E-ECU 10 A
FU25 Fuse, auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 15 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
SW2704 Switch, emergency engine speed control
SW2706 Switch, auto/manual selection
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 2 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 2
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


DI9101 Diode, T-ECU
E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU04 Fuse, I-ECU 10 A
FU05 Fuse, V-ECU 10 A
FU06 Fuse, T-ECU 10 A
FU07 Fuse, E-ECU 10 A
FU25 Fuse, auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 15 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
SW2704 Switch, emergency engine speed control
SW2706 Switch, auto/manual selection
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 3 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 3
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU07 Fuse, E-ECU 10 A
FU08 Fuse, air preheating coil 5A
HE2501 Air preheater
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC2502 Indicator light, air preheater
MA2301 Solenoid valve, injector 1
MA2302 Solenoid valve, injector 2
MA2303 Solenoid valve, injector 3
MA2304 Solenoid valve, injector 4
MA2305 Solenoid valve, injector 5
MA2306 Solenoid valve, injector 6
MO3301 Starter motor
RE2501 Air preheater relay
RE3301 Relay, starter lock
SE2601 Temperature sensor, coolant
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control switch
SW3301 Start switch
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 3 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 3
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU07 Fuse, E-ECU 10 A
FU08 Fuse, air preheating coil 5A
HE2501 Air preheater
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC2502 Indicator light, air preheater
MA2301 Solenoid valve, injector 1
MA2302 Solenoid valve, injector 2
MA2303 Solenoid valve, injector 3
MA2304 Solenoid valve, injector 4
MA2305 Solenoid valve, injector 5
MA2306 Solenoid valve, injector 6
MO3301 Starter motor
RE2501 Air preheater relay
RE3301 Relay, starter lock
SE2601 Temperature sensor, coolant
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control switch
SW3301 Start switch
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 6 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 6
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


DI3501 Diode, lighting control
FU09 Fuse, light-emitting diodes 10 A
FU14 Fuse, instrument lighting 10 A
LC3502 Indicator light, work lights rearward
LC3503 Indicator light, cab lighting
LC3504 Indicator light, work lights
LC3513 Indicator light, hazard flashers
LC3514 Indicator light, fog lights
LC3603 Indicator light, lower windshield wiper (option)
LC3604 Indicator light, travel alarm cut-off
LC3811 Indicator light, I-ECU
LC3815 Indicator light, rotating beacon (option)
LC3904 Indicator light, mute switch (option)
LC4201 Indicator light, cruise control (option)
LC8501 Indicator light, seat heating
LC9101 Indicator light, hammer/shears selection
LC9104 Indicator light, quickfit (attachment bracket) 1
LC9105 Indicator light, quickfit (attachment bracket) 2
LC9156 Indicator light, axle locking
LC9157 Indicator light, warning signal, confirm and turn off
LC9158 Indicator light, automatic idle
LC9159 Indicator light, outrigger left front (option)
LC9160 Indicator light, outrigger right front/dozer blade (option)
LC9161 Indicator light, outrigger left rear (option)
LC9162 Indicator light, outrigger right rear (option)
LC9402 Indicator light, overload switch (option)
LC9403 Indicator light, rototilt (option)
SW3511 Switch, head light
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 4 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 4
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
IM3803 Fuel gauge
IM3811 Coolant gauge
IM3812 Hour meter
LC2201 Indicator light, engine oil pressure
LC2501 Indicator light, air cleaner
LC2601 Indicator light, coolant temperature
LC2603 Indicator light, coolant level
LC3201 Indicator light, battery charging
LC3801 Indicator light, central warning
LC5201 Indicator light, low brake pressure
LC6401 Indicator light, low steering pressure
LC9154 Indicator light, hydraulic oil filter
LC9155 Indicator light, hydraulic oil temperature
LC9401 Indicator light, overload
SE2203 Pressure sensor, engine oil
SE2303 Level sensor, fuel
SE2502 Pressure sensor, air cleaner
SE2601 Temperature sensor, coolant
SE2603 Level sensor, coolant
SE2703 Speed sensor, camshaft
SE5203 Pressure sensor, low brake pressure
SE6401 Pressure sensor, low steering pressure
SE9152 Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil
SE9153 Pressure sensor, hydraulic oil filter
SE9401 Pressure sensor, overload warning
SW9401 Switch, overload warning
V-ECU Vehicle sensor control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 7 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 7
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU10 Fuse, position light left 10 A
FU11 Fuse, position light right 10 A
FU13 Fuse, hazard flashers 10 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LA3511 Position light, left front
LA3512 Rear light, left
LA3513 Position light, right front
LA3514 Rear light, right
LA3515 Side lights (option)
LA3516 Direction indicator, left front
LA3517 Direction indicator, left rear
LA3518 Direction indicator, right front
LA3519 Direction indicator, right rear
LA3526 Licence plate light, left (option)
LA3527 Licence plate light, right (option)
LC3512 Indicator light, direction signal
RFX Relay, direction indicators and hazard flashers
SW3512 Switch, direction signal
SW3513 Switch, hazard flashers
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 8 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 8
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU03 Fuse, high beam flasher 10 A
FU12 Fuse, high beams 10 A
FU16 Fuse, low beam left 10 A
FU17 Fuse, low beam right 10 A
FU18 Main fuse, lighting 10 A
FU20 Fuse, rear lights, back-up alarm, rear work lights 10 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LA3501 Low beam, left
LA3502 Low beam, right
LA3520 High beam, left
LA3521 High beam, right
LA3522 Brake light, left
LA3523 Brake light, right
LA3524 backward travel light
LA3525 Fog lights
LC3511 Indicator light, high beams
RE3501 Relay, main lighting
RE3524 Relay, backward travel light
SE5201 Pressure monitor, brake pressure
SE5202 Pressure monitor, brake pressure 50 bar (725 psi)
SW3514 Switch, high beams
SW3515 Switch, fog lights
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 4 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 4
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
IM3803 Fuel gauge
IM3811 Coolant gauge
IM3812 Hour meter
LC2201 Indicator light, engine oil pressure
LC2501 Indicator light, air cleaner
LC2601 Indicator light, coolant temperature
LC2603 Indicator light, coolant level
LC3201 Indicator light, battery charging
LC3801 Indicator light, central warning
LC5201 Indicator light, low brake pressure
LC6401 Indicator light, low steering pressure
LC9154 Indicator light, hydraulic oil filter
LC9155 Indicator light, hydraulic oil temperature
LC9401 Indicator light, overload
SE2203 Pressure sensor, engine oil
SE2303 Level sensor, fuel
SE2502 Pressure sensor, air cleaner
SE2601 Temperature sensor, coolant
SE2603 Level sensor, coolant
SE2703 Speed sensor, camshaft
SE5203 Pressure sensor, low brake pressure
SE6401 Pressure sensor, low steering pressure
SE9152 Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil
SE9153 Pressure sensor, hydraulic oil filter
SE9401 Pressure sensor, overload warning
SW9401 Switch, overload warning
V-ECU Vehicle sensor control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 5 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 5
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU07 Fuse, E-ECU 10 A
MA2301 Solenoid valve, injector 1
MA2302 Solenoid valve, injector 2
MA2303 Solenoid valve, injector 3
MA2304 Solenoid valve, injector 4
MA2305 Solenoid valve, injector 5
MA2306 Solenoid valve, injector 6
SE2306 Temperature sensor, fuel
SE2501 Temperature sensor, ambient air
SE2502 Pressure sensor, air cleaner
SE2507 Temperature sensor, charge-air
SE2508 Pressure sensor, charge-air
SE2701 Speed sensor 1, flywheel
SE2703 Speed sensor, camshaft
SE4201 Pressure sensor, travel pedal
SE9101 Pressure sensor, automatic idle
SE9151 Limit switch, safety bar
SE9154 Pressure sensor, automatic idle - boom lowering
SE9155 Pressure sensor, automatic idle - dipper arm in
SE9160 Limit switch, safety bar
SW2701 Switch, engine speed control
SW2703 Switch, automatic idle
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control switch
SW3613 Switch, mode selection
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 9 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 9
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU15 Fuse, rotating beacon, cab lighting 10 A
FU19 Fuse, work lights boom and cab 15 A
FU20 Fuse, rear lights, backward travel alarm, rear work lights 10 A
LA3503 Work light, boom left (option)
LA3504 Work light, boom right (option)
LA3505 Work lights, counterweight (option)
LA3506 Work lights, cab rearward (option)
LA3507 Work lights, cab front left
LA3508 Work lights cab front right
LA3509 Cab lighting
LA3601 Rotating beacon (option)
MO3604 Motor, rotating beacon
RE3502 Relay, work lights
SW3501 Switch, work lights
SW3502 Switch, work lights rear (option)
SW3503 Switch, cab lighting
SW3612 Switch, rotating beacon (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 5 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 5
Figure 1
Designation Component Comment
E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU07 Fuse, E-ECU 10 A
MA2301 Solenoid valve, injector 1
MA2302 Solenoid valve, injector 2
MA2303 Solenoid valve, injector 3
MA2304 Solenoid valve, injector 4
MA2305 Solenoid valve, injector 5
MA2306 Solenoid valve, injector 6
SE2306 Temperature sensor, fuel
SE2501 Temperature sensor, ambient air
SE2502 Pressure sensor, air cleaner
SE2507 Temperature sensor, charge-air
SE2508 Pressure sensor, charge-air
SE2701 Speed sensor 1, flywheel
SE2703 Speed sensor, camshaft
SE4201 Pressure sensor, travel pedal
SE9101 Pressure sensor, automatic idle
SE9151 Limit switch, safety bar
SE9154 Pressure sensor, automatic idle - boom lowering
SE9155 Pressure sensor, automatic idle - dipper arm in
SE9160 Limit switch, safety bar
SW2701 Switch, engine speed control
SW2703 Switch, automatic idle
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control switch
SW3613 Switch, mode selection
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 13 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 13
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


CU3601 Windshield wiper controller
FU26 Fuse, multi-function switch, wiper and washer 10 A
MO3601 Washer motor
MO3602 Motor, upper windshield wiper
MO3603 Motor, lower windshield wiper (option)
SE3602 Position sensor, upper front window
SE3603 Position sensor, lower front window (option)
SW3601 Multi-function switch, washer motor
SW3602 Multi-function switch, windshield wiper
SW3603 Switch, lower windshield wiper (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 14 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 14
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU02 Fuse, 24 V outlet 10 A
FU23 Fuse, seat heating, seat air suspension, cigarette lighter 20 A
HE3801 Cigarette lighter
HE8501 Seat heating (option)
MO8501 Air suspension motor
PO3901 12 V outlet in cab
PO3902 24 V outlet on fuse box
SW8501 Switch, seat heating (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 10 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 10
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


DI4201 Diode, travel solenoid valve
DI4202 Diode, travel solenoid valve out
FU20 Fuse, rear lights, backward travel alarm, rear work lights 10 A
FU21 Fuse, cruise control 10 A
FU31 Fuse, X1 option, superstructure position sensor 10 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC4901 Indicator light, superstructure alignment
MA4201 Solenoid valve, cruise control (option)
MA4202 Solenoid valve, travel
MA4203 Solenoid valve, gear selector
MA4204 Solenoid valve, Q-max
MA4205 Solenoid valve, cruise control (option)
PWM4201 Proportional valve, Cruise control (option)
PWM9104 Proportional valve, anti-cavitation
RE3601 Relay, travel alarm (option)
RE4204 Relay, Q-max
RE4205 Relay, cruise control (option)
SA3603 Travel alarm (option)
SE4201 Pressure sensor, travel pedal
SE4202 Speed sensor, transmission (option)
SE4203 Pressure sensor, travel pedal rearward
SE4901 Position sensor, superstructure alignment
SW3613 Switch, mode selection
SW3614 Switch, travel alarm cut-off
SW4201 Switch, cruise control (option)
SW4202 Switch, travel speed control
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 17 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 17
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU29 Fuse, quickfit (attachment bracket) 5A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC3801 Indicator light, central warning
LC9201 Indicator light, quickfit (attachment bracket) open
MA9109 Solenoid valve, quickfit (attachment bracket)
RE9104 Relay, quickfit (attachment bracket)
SW9104 Switch, quickfit (attachment bracket) 1
SW9105 Switch, quickfit (attachment bracket) 2
SW9160 Switch, warning alarm confirm and turn off
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 11 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 11
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


DI3601 Diode, mode selection switch, mode W
DI3602 Diode, mode selection switch, mode C
DI4201 Diode, travel solenoid valve
DI4202 Diode, travel solenoid valve
DI5501 Diode, parking brake solenoid valve
DI5502 Diode, parking brake solenoid valve
DI9102 Diode, axle locking in an emergency
FU22 Fuse, power booster, boom float, axle locking, sensors, coolers 10 A
FU27 Fuse, servo hydraulic cut-off solenoid 10 A
FU31 Fuse, X1 option, superstructure position sensor 10 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC5201 Indicator light, low brake pressure
LC5501 Indicator light, parking brake
LC9151 Indicator light, axle locking
MA4202 Solenoid valve, travel
MA5501 Solenoid valve, parking brake
MA9108 Solenoid valve, hydraulic safety
MA9152 Solenoid valve, axle locking
RE9108 Relay, servo hydraulic cut-off
SE5201 Pressure sensor, brake pressure
SE5202 Pressure sensor, brake pressure 50 Bar (725 psi)
SE5203 Pressure sensor, low brake pressure
SE5501 Pressure sensor, parking brake
SE9151 Limit switch, safety bar
SE9156 Position sensor, automatic axle locking (option)
SE9160 Limit switch, safety bar
SW3613 Switch, mode selection
SW9151 Switch, axle locking
SW9152 Switch, automatic axle locking
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 12 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 12
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


ANT3901 Antenna
CRR3901 Cassette radio
FU24 Fuse, cassette radio (option) 5A
FU25 Fuse, auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 15 A
FU26 Fuse, multi-function switch, wiper and washer 10 A
FU28 Fuse, horn 5A
FU31 Fuse, X1 option, position sensor superstructure 10 A
RE3604 Relay, horn
SA3602 Horn
SA3901 Speaker 1
SA3902 Speaker 2
SO3901 Voltage converter
SW3606 Switch, horn (control lever)
SW3611 Switch, horn (multi-function switch)
SW3901 Switch, mute (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 18 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 18
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU30 Fuse, outriggers 10 A
MA9153 Solenoid valve, outrigger left front (option)
MA9154 Solenoid valve, outrigger right front/dozer blade (option)
MA9155 Solenoid valve, outrigger left rear (option)
MA9156 Solenoid valve, outrigger right rear/dozer blade (option)
SW9153 Switch, outrigger left front (option)
SW9154 Switch, outrigger right front/dozer blade (option)
SW9155 Switch, outrigger left rear (option)
SW9156 Switch, outrigger right rear (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 19 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 19
Figure 1
Designation Component Comment
FU31 Fuse, X1 option, superstructure position sensor 10 A
FU32 Fuse, X3/X5 option 5A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC9163 Indicator light, hammer (option)
LC9164 Indicator light, shear (option)
MA9104 Solenoid valve, hammer/X1 side 'B' (option)
MA9110 Solenoid valve, rotator left (option)
MA9111 Solenoid valve, rotator right (option)
MA9151 Solenoid valve, X1 pressure up (option)
PWM9103 Proportional valve, X1 flow (option)
SE9102 Pressure sensor, hammer pedal
SW9107 Switch, hammer/shear selection (option)
SW9159 Foot switch, hammer (option)
SW9161 Switch, X5 proportional (option)
SW9405 Switch, X3 left/rototilt, rotator left (option)
SW9406 Switch, X3 right/rototilt, rotator right (option)
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 15 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 15
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU22 Fuse, power booster, boom float mode, axle locking, sensors, 10 A
coolers
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC9153 Indicator light, power boost
LC9154 Indicator light, hydraulic oil filter
MA9107 Solenoid valve, power boost
MA9119 Solenoid valve, boom float
PWM9102 Proportional valve, oil cooler
PWM9107 Proportional valve, water cooler (option)
SE2601 Temperature sensor, coolant
SE9152 Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil
SE9401 Pressure sensor, overload warning
SW9108 Switch, power boost/hammer/rototilt right (option)
SW9158 Switch, boom float
SW9401 Switch, overload warning
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 16 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 16
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


DI9101 Diode, T-ECU
FU06 Fuse, T-ECU 10 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
PWM9101 Proportional valve, pump power shift
R9101 Resistor, pump manual control
SE2702 Speed sensor 2, flywheel
SW2706 Switch, auto/manual selection
SW3613 Switch, mode selection
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 21 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 21
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


CU8702 Control unit, auxiliary diesel heater
FU25 Fuse, auxiliary diesel heater, clock, radio memory 15 A
FU33 Fuse, air conditioner and heater 15 A
HE8701 Auxiliary diesel heater (option)
MO8708 Water pump motor, auxiliary diesel heater
MO8709 Fuel pump motor, auxiliary diesel heater
RE8701 Relay, auxiliary diesel heater
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 22 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 22
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU35 Fuse, fuel pump 10 A
MO2302 Fuel filling pump (50 liter, option)
SE2303 Level sensor, fuel
SW2302 Switch, fuel pump start (option)
SW2303 Switch, fuel pump stop (option)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 20 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 20
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


CU8701 Control unit, air conditioner
DI8701 Diode, air conditioner fan
DI8702 Diode, air conditioner compressor
LC8702 Illumination, air conditioner switch
MO8701 Motor, air conditioner cooling
MO8702 Compressor, air conditioner (option)
MO8703 Motor, air conditioner intake actuator
MO8704 Motor, air conditioner face actuator
MO8705 Motor, air conditioner foot actuator, right
MO8706 Motor, air conditioner foot actuator, left
MO8707 Motor, air conditioner mix actuator
R8701 Resistor, air conditioner
RE8702 Relay, air conditioner compressor (option)
RE8703 Relay, air conditioner fan speed 1
RE8704 Relay, air conditioner fan speed 2
RE8705 Relay, air conditioner fan speed 3
RE8706 Relay, air conditioner fan speed 4
SE8701 Pressure sensor, air conditioner receiver drier (option)
SE8702 Temperature sensor, air conditioner cab (option)
SE8703 Temperature sensor, air conditioner duct (option)
SE8704 Temperature sensor, air conditioner coolant temperature (option)
SE8705 Temperature sensor, air conditioner ambient temperature (option)
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 23 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 23
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
FU04 Fuse, I-ECU 10 A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
IS Service connection
T-ECU Pump electronic control unit
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 25 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 25
Figure 1

Designation Component Comment


FU22 Fuse, power boost, boom float, axle lock, sensors, coolers 10 A
FU31 Fuse, X1 option/superstructure position sensor 10 A
FU32 Fuse, X3 and X5 option 5A
I-ECU Instrument electronic control unit
LC9163 Indicator light, hammer (option)
LC9164 Indicator light, shear (option)
MA9104 Solenoid valve, hammer/X1 side 'A' (option)
MA9105 Solenoid valve, X1 side 'B' (option)
MA9151 Solenoid valve, X1 pressure up (option)
SE9102 Pressure sensor, X1 pedal
SW9107 Switch, hammer/shear selection (option)
SW9108 Switch, power boost/hammer/Rototilt tilt right (option)
SW9109 Switch, rototilt left/X1 side 'B' (option)
SW9159 Foot switch, hammer
SW9407 Switch, rototilt grapple closed (option)
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Wiring diagram 24 370 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Wiring diagram 24
Figure 1
Designation Component Comment
CU9101 Control unit, rototilt (option)
DI9401 Diode, rototilt relay
DI9402 Diode, rototilt relay
FU31 Fuse, X1 (option)/superstructure position sensor 10 A
FU36 Fuse, rototilt 10 A
MA9157 Solenoid valve, rototilt quickfit (attachment bracket) (option)
MA9158 Solenoid valve, rototilt grapple open (option)
MA9159 Solenoid valve, rototilt grapple closed (option)
MA9160 Solenoid valve, rototilt rotator left (option)
MA9161 Solenoid valve, rototilt rotator right (option)
MA9162 Solenoid valve, rototilt tilt left (option)
MA9163 Solenoid valve, rototilt tilt right (option)
RE9401 Relay, rototilt (option)
SW9108 Switch, power boost/hammer/rototilt tilt right (option)
SW9109 Switch, rototilt left (option)
SW9157 Switch, rototilt grapple open (option)
SW9403 Switch, rototilt selection
SW9405 Switch, X3 left/rototilt rotator left (option)
SW9406 Switch, X3 right/rototilt rotator right (option)
SW9407 Switch, rototilt grapple closed (option)
V-ECU Vehicle electronic control unit
Figure 2

Designation Component Comment


CU9101 Control unit, Rototilt
DI9401 Diode, Rototilt relay
DI9402 Diode, Rototilt relay
FU31 Fuse, X1 / turret sensor 10 A
FU36 Fuse, Rototilt 10 A
MA9157 Solenoid valve, Rototilt quickfit (attachment bracket)
MA9158 Solenoid valve, Rototilt grapple open
MA9159 Solenoid valve, Rototilt grapple closed
MA9160 Solenoid valve, Rototilt rotation left
MA9161 Solenoid valve, Rototilt rotation right
MA9162 Solenoid valve, Rototilt tilt left
MA9163 Solenoid valve, Rototilt tilt right
RE9401 Relay, Rototilt
SW9108 Switch, Power Boost/Hammer / Rototilt tilt right
SW9109 Switch, Rototilt tilt left
SW9157 Switch, Hammer/Rototilt grapple open
SW9403 Switch, Rototilt mode selector
SW9405 Switch, Rototilt rotator left
SW9406 Switch, Rototilt rotator right
SW9407 Switch, Rototilt grapple closed
VECU Vehicle control unit (V-ECU)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Electrical distribution box, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
fuses and relays
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Electrical distribution box, fuses and relays


WARNING
Before working on the electrical distribution box, the battery must be completely disconnected. It's not sufficient to
turn off the battery disconnect switch as some connections in the electrical distribution box are supplied directly
from the battery.

See also 370 Wiring diagram, component list and index.

Figure 1
Electrical distribution box

Fuses in electrical distribution box Wiring diagram


FU01 10 A Ignition 1
FU02 10 A 24 V outlet 14
FU03 10 A Headlight flasher 8
FU04 10 A I-ECU 2, 23
FU05 10 A V-ECU 2
FU06 10 A T-ECU 2, 16
FU07 10 A E-ECU 2, 3, 5
FU08 5 A Heating coil, air preheater 3
FU09 10 A Light-emitting diodes 6
FU10 10 A Running light, left 7
FU11 10 A Running light, right 7
FU12 5 A High beams 8
FU13 10 A Hazard flashers 7
FU14 10 A Instrument lighting 6
FU15 10 A Rotating beacon, cab lighting 9
FU16 10 A Low beam, left 8
FU17 10 A Low beam, right 8
FU18 10 A Main fuse, lighting 8
FU19 15 A Work lights, boom 9
FU20 10 A Back-up light, back-up alarm, rear work lights 8, 9, 10
FU21 15 A Cruise control 10
FU22 10 A Booster, float mode, oscillation lock 11, 15
FU23 10 A Heating and air suspension of operator's seat, cigarette lighter 14
FU24 5 A Cassette radio 12
FU25 15 A Auxiliary heater, clock, radio memory 1, 2, 12, 21
FU26 10 A Multi-function lever 12, 13
FU27 10 A Safety bar 11
FU28 5 A Horn 12
FU29 5 A Quickfit (attachment bracket) 17
FU30 10 A Outriggers 18
FU31 10 A Optional equipment X1, position monitor superstructure 10, 11, 12, 19
FU32 5 A Optional equipment X3 19
FU33 15 A Air conditioning 21
FU34 5 A Central lubrication system 1
FU35 10 A Fuel pump 22
FU36 10 A Rotortilt 24
FU37 5A Cassette memory 1
FU38 10 A Spare 1 1
FU39 15 A Spare 2 1

Relays in electrical distribution box Wiring diagram


RE3301 Ignition 1, 3
RE3501 Headlights 8
RE3502 Work lights 9
RE3524 Back-up light 8
RE3601 Travel alarm 10
RE3604 Horn 12
RE3701 Spare 1 1
RE3702 Spare 2 1
RE4204 Q-max 10
RE4205 Cruise control 10
RE8701 Auxiliary heater 21
RE9104 Quickfit (attachment bracket) 17
RE9108 Safety bar 11
RE9401 Rotortilt 24
RFX Direction indicators, hazard flashers 7
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


IM3812 Hour counter, 383 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

IM3812 Hour counter, description

Figure 1
Hour counter

1. Left instrument panel


2. Hour counter
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2203 Engine oil pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
sensor, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2203 Engine oil pressure sensor, description

Figure 1
Engine oil pressure sensor A

1. Supply voltage
2. Voltage output
3. Ground
4. Vent
5. M14 x 1,5
6. Hybrid
7. Case ground
8. Custom IC
9. Feed thru
10. 3500 pF (feed thru)
Figure 2
Engine oil pressure sensor B

1. SW27
2. M14 x 1,5

The oil pressure is monitored by a mounted oil pressure sensor which together with an indicator allows continuous pressure
display. The switching point of the oil pressure switch should be determined according to the minimum oil pressure curves
of the engine.

Figure 3
Engine oil pressure sensor, engine injection pump side view

1. Engine oil pressure sensor


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2303 Fuel level sensor, 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2303 Fuel level sensor, description

Figure 1
Fuel level sensor

SE Sensor
SW Switch
RS Reed switch
Figure 2
Fuel level sensor, location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2306 Fuel/SE2601 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Coolant temperature
sensor, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2306 Fuel/SE2601 Coolant temperature sensor, description

Figure 1
Coolant/fuel temperature sensor

The coolant is also supplied to the engine integrated oil cooler. Thus the coolant temperature sensor indirectly monitors the
engine oil temperature at the same time so that usually separate engine oil temperature sensor will not be necessary.
The temperature sensor senses temperature by the resistance variation according to temperature changes within the
thermistor. The sensor provides information necessary to E-ECU.

Figure 2
Coolant temperature sensor location, engine flywheel side view

1. Coolant temperature sensor

As the fuel temperature increases, the engine performance drops. This is due to the fact that the thickness of the fuel
decreases, and there is an increase in leakage losses in the injection pumps. This sensor monitors the fuel temperature, and
E-ECU will make a corresponding control adjustment to compensate the fuel amount.

Figure 3
Fuel temperature sensor location, injection pump side view

1. Fuel temperature sensor


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2501 2502 Air inlet 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
vacuum and temperature
switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2501 2502 Air inlet vacuum and temperature switch, description

Figure 1
Air inlet vacuum and temperature switch
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2507 Boost air 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
temperature sensor,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2507 Boost air temperature sensor, description

Figure 1
Boost air temperature sensor

1. Direction of air flow


2. Bush pressed

Figure 2
Engine turbo charger side view

1. Boost air temperature sensor


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2507/2508 Boost air 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pressure/temperature
sensor, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2507/2508 Boost air pressure/temperature sensor, description

Figure 1
Boost air pressure/temperature sensor

1. Ground
2. NTC
3. +5V
4. Output signal
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2508 Boost air pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
sensor, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2508 Boost air pressure sensor, description

Figure 1
Boost air pressure sensor

1. Pin 1: U , output signal


2. Pin 2: +5V
3. Pin 3: Ground
4. Tightening torque: 10 N m (7,4 lbf ft)

Figure 2
Engine flywheel side view

1. Boost air pressure sensor


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2701 Engine speed 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
sensor (crankshaft),
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2701 Engine speed sensor (crankshaft), description

Figure 1
Engine speed sensor (crankshaft)

1. Connection A
2. Connection B
3. Shield

Electronic speed monitoring provides E-ECU in addition to sensing and display of engine operation data comprehensive
data evaluation which can influence subsequent engine operation.

Figure 2
Engine speed sensor (crankshaft), turbo charger side view

1. Engine speed sensor (crankshaft)


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2702 Engine speed 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
sensor (ring gear 129
teeth), description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2702 Engine speed sensor (ring gear 129 teeth), description

Figure 1
Engine speed sensor (ring gear 129 teeth)

1. Connection +
2. Connection -
3. Shield

Electronic speed monitoring provides T-ECU in addition to sensing and display of engine operation data comprehensive
data evaluation which can influence subsequent engine operation.

Figure 2
Engine speed sensor (ring gear 129 teeth), engine injection pump side view

1. Engine speed sensor (ring gear)


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE2703 Engine speed 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
sensor (camshaft),
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE2703 Engine speed sensor (camshaft), description

Figure 1
Engine speed sensor (camshaft)

1. Connection +
2. Connection -
3. Shield

Electronic speed monitoring provides E-ECU in addition to sensing and display of engine operation data comprehensive
data evaluation which can influence subsequent engine operation.
Figure 2
Engine speed sensor (camshaft), flywheel side view

1. Engine speed sensor (camshaft)


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE4201 Travel pedal 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pressure sensor,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE4201 Travel pedal pressure sensor, description

Figure 1
Travel pedal pressure sensor

1. Output
2. Ground
3. Vent
4. Screw, G 1/4 A

Figure 2
Sensor position

1. Travel pedal pressure sensor


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE4203 Travel backward 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pressure switch,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE4203 Travel backward pressure switch, description

Figure 1
Travel backward pressure switch (5 bar)

1. AMP 6,3 x 0,8


2. SW24
3. M10 x 1,0 conic

Figure 2
Travel backward pressure switch (5 bar), location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE5201 Brake pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
switch (5 bar), description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE5201 Brake pressure switch (5 bar), description

Figure 1
Brake pressure switch (5 bar)

1. AMP 6,3 x 0,8


2. SW24
3. M10 x 1,0 conic

Figure 2
Brake pressure switch (5 bar), location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE5202 Brake pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
switch (50 bar), description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE5202 Brake pressure switch (50 bar), description

Figure 1
Brake pressure switch (50 bar)

1. AMP 6,3 x 0,8


2. SW24
3. M10 x 1,0 conic

Figure 2
Brake pressure switch (50 bar), location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE5203 Brake pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
failure switch (80 bar),
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE5203 Brake pressure failure switch (80 bar), description

Figure 1
Brake pressure switch (80 bar)

1. AMP 6,3 x 0,8


2. SW24
3. M10 x 1,0 conic

Figure 2
Brake pressure switch (80 bar), location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE9101 Auto idle pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE9101 Auto idle pressure switch, description

Figure 1
Auto idle pressure switch

1. Port size: SW 6
2. Port size: G 1/4"

Figure 2
Auto idle pressure switch, location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE9151 Safety lever limit 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE9151 Safety lever limit switch, description

Figure 1
Safety lever limit switch

1. Safety lever
2. Limit switch

N.O = Normally open

N.C = Normally closed

COM = Common

NOTE!
Switch mounting torque (M3 X 16 mm): 0,3 kg m (0,2 lbf ft)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE9152 Hydraulic oil 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
temperature sensor,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE9152 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor, description

Figure 1
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor

1. Connector, 1307049 + 2 + 949625


2. M18 x 1,5
3. SW22
4. Sensor resistance Ro (complete sensor)
Figure 2
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor, location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE9153 Hydraulic oil filter 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
pressure switch,
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE9153 Hydraulic oil filter pressure switch, description

Figure 1
Hydraulic oil filter pressure switch

1. AMP 6,3 x 0,8


2. SW24
3. M10 x 1,0 conic

Figure 2
Hydraulic oil filter pressure switch, location
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE9160 Left control panel 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
limit switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE9160 Left control panel limit switch, description

Figure 1
Left control panel limit switch, connector

X Safety lever
Y Left control panel limit switch
Z Screw, tightening torque 0,2 kgf m (1,5 lbf ft)
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


SE9401 Overload pressure 386 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

SE9401 Overload pressure switch, description

Figure 1
Overload pressure switch

1. Port size: G 1/4"


Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service display unit, 387 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service display unit, description


The service display unit is connected to a connector above the radio in the cab. The unit is used for service/troubleshooting
and provides more information than that which can be read on the information display unit.

Figure 1
Service display unit 999 3721

Using the service display unit, it is possible to read stored information regarding pressure and temperature. It is also possible
to change settings and reset logged values.

The service display unit is started by pressing the keys and simultaneously.
The displays are divided into 5 groups:

1. Start display and setup (settings)


2. Engine
3. Electrical system
4. Hydraulics
5. Self-diagnostics

With the upper display key go to the first display in the next group, regardless of the present display.
With the lower display key continue to the next display in the group. When the final display in the group has been
reached, the first display in that group is shown again.

To perform settings, keys and are used.


The display unit consists of 4 rows of information with 20 characters per row, and is updated at intervals of 0.5 seconds.
Five different languages can be selected: Swedish, English, German, Spanish and French.
Two unit combinations can be selected: Metric (°C, km, bar)/ Foot-pound (°F, mile, psi).
Connection
Figure 2
Socket for service display unit

The service display unit is connected to the socket in the electrical distribution box.
Overview of service display unit's displays

SERVICE ENGINE 1 ELECTRICAL HYDRAULIc 1 DIAGNOSTIC


CONTRONIC SYSTEM

INFORMATION ENGINE 2 ON/OFF INPUT 1 HYDRAULIc 2 DIAGNOSTIC 1

Settings ENGINE 3 ---[T1] HYDRAULIc 3 ---[T2]

ECU VERSION 1 ENGINE 4 ON/OFF INPUT HYDRAULIc 4 DIAGNOSTIC 26


13

ECU VERSION 2 ENGINE 5 ANALOG INPUT X1 CALIBRATION


1 1

MSW VERSION 1 ENGINE 6 ANALOG INPUT ---[T3]


2

MSW VERSION 2 ANALOG INPUT X1 CALIBRATION


3 6

DST1 VERSION 1 ON/OFF OUTPUT


1

DST1 VERSION 2 ---[T4]

DST2 VERSION 1 ON/OFF OUTPUT


7

DST2 VERSION 2

[T1]Stepping between ON/OFF INPUT 2-12

[T2]Stepping between DIAGNOSTIC 2-25

[T3]Stepping between X1 CALIBRATION 2-5


[T4]Stepping between ON/OFF OUTPUT 2-6
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service display unit, 387 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
general information
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service display unit, general information


Initial display
The following information is shown on the display:

xxxxxx = Machine model


yyyyyy = Machine serial number
zz = Key number

SERVICE CONTRONIC
Excavator xxxxxx
Ser. No. yyyyyy
Key No zz

Information
The following information is shown on the display:

xx/yyy/zz = Date of manufacture


xxxxxx = Number of total engine hours (IM3812) (wiring diagram 4)
yyy = Value of rated power in kW
zzzz = Value of rated power in rpm

INFORMATION
Prod.Date xx/yyy/zz
Total Hours xxxxxx h
Rated Power yyy/zzzz

Setup
The display unit shows language and units of measurement. There are five languages and five units that may be selected.

xxxxxx = Language
x yyy zzz Units, alternative: °C/°F; kPa/bar/psi; lit/gal

Settings
Language xxxxxxx
Units x yyy zzz

ECU Version 1
The following information is shown on the display.

xxxxxxxxx = V-ECU or E-ECU part no.


yyy = Version number
ECU VERSION 1
VECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
EECU xxxxxxxx-yyy

ECU Version 2

xxxxxxxx = T-ECU or I-ECU part no.


yyy = Version number

ECU VERSION 2
TECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
IECU xxxxxxxx-yyy

MSW version 1

xxxxxxxx = Part no. of V-ECU or E-ECU software


yyy = Version number

MSW VERSION 1
VECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
EECU xxxxxxxx-yyy

MSW version 2

xxxxxxxx = Part no. of T-ECU or I-ECU software


yyy = Version number

MSW VERSION 2
TECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
IECU xxxxxxxx-yyy

DST1 version 1

xxxxxxx = Part no. data set 1 for V-ECU or E-ECU


yyy = Version number

DST1 VERSION 1
VECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
EECU xxxxxxxx-yyy

DST1 version 2

xxxxxxx = Part no. data set 1 for T-ECU or I-ECU


yyy = Version number

DST1 VERSION 2
TECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
IECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
DST2 version 1

xxxxxxx = Part no. data set 2 for V-ECU or E-ECU


yyy = Version number

DST2 VERSION
VECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
EECU xxxxxxxx-yyy

DST2 version 2

xxxxxxx = Part no. data set 2 for T-ECU or I-ECU


yyy = Version number

DST2 VERSION 2
TECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
IECU xxxxxxxx-yyy
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service display unit, engine 387 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service display unit, engine


Engine 1
The following information is displayed on the unit:

xxx = Shows engine speed in rpm or ER in case of sensor error. (SE2701, SE2702, SE2703) (wiring
diagram 4, 5, 6)
yyyy = Shows requested engine speed in rpm.
zzz = Shows engine load as a percent.

ENGINE 1
Speed xxx
Request Speed yyyy
Engine % Load zzz%

Engine 2
The following information is displayed on the unit:

xxx = Shows engine oil pressure according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case
of sensor error. (SE2203) (wiring diagram 4)
yyyyyy = Shows "normal" at normal air filter status and "full" at full air filter status. (SE2502) (wiring
diagram 4, 5)

ENGINE 2
Oil Press. xxx kPa
Air filter yyyyyy

Engine 3
The following information is displayed on the unit:

yyy = Shows engine coolant temperature according to the unit that was selected for display or ER
in case of sensor error. (SE2601) (wiring diagram 3, 4, 15)
zzzzzz = Shows "normal" at normal coolant level or "low" at low coolant level or ER in case of sensor
error. (SE2603) (wiring diagram 4)
xxxxxxx = Shows total amount of used fuel according to the unit that was selected for display. (E-ECU)

ENGINE 3
Coolant Temp. yyy C
Coolant Level zzzzzz
Fuel used xxxxxxx l

Engine 4
The following information is displayed on the unit:
xxx = Shows fuel consumption rate. (E-ECU)
zzz = Shows fuel temperature according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case of sensor
error. (SE2306) (wiring diagram 5)

ENGINE 4

Fuel Rate xxx l/h


Fuel Temp. zzz C

Engine 5
The following information is displayed on the unit:

yyy = Shows boost pressure according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case of sensor
error. (SE2508) (wiring diagram 5)
zzz = Shows air inlet pressure according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case of sensor
error. (SE2502) (wiring diagram 4, 5)
xxx = Shows barometric pressure according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case of sensor
error. (E-ECU)

ENGINE 5
Boost Press yyy kPa
Inlet Press zzz kPa
Barometer xxx kPa

Engine 6
The following information is displayed on the unit:

yyy = Shows air inlet temperature according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case of sensor
error. (SE2501) (wiring diagram 5)
zzz = Shows boost temperature according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in case of sensor
error. (SE2507) (wiring diagram 5)

ENGINE 6
Inlet Temp. yyy C
Boost Temp zzz C
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service display unit, 387 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
electrical system
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service display unit, electrical system


Electrical system

Battery Volt xx.x V Shows battery voltage for V-ECU input or ER in case of signal error. (V-ECU)
EECU Volt yy.y V Shows battery voltage for E-ECU input or ER in case of signal error. (E-ECU)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Battery Volt xx.x V
EECU Volt yy.y V

On/off input 1

Start SW ACC x Shows input signal of start switch ACC as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW3301) (wiring
diagram 1, 3)
Start Signal x Shows input signal of start switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW3301) (wiring
diagram 1, 3)

ON/OFF INPUT 1
Start SW ACC x
Start Signal x

On/off input 2

Safety bar SW x Shows input signal of safety bar switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SE9151) (wiring
diagram 5, 11)
Quickfit check x Shows input signal of the quickfit line check as 0 (low pressure) or 1 (normal).
(RE9104) (wiring diagram 17)
Quickfit SW x Shows input signal of the quickfit switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9104)
(SW9105) (wiring diagram 17)

ON/OFF INPUT 2
Control lockout lever SW x
Quick fit check x
Quick fit SW x

On/off input 3

Brake press 5 bar x Shows input signal of brake pressure sensor (5 bar) as 0 (lower than 5 bar) or 1
(higher than 5 bar). (SE5201) (wiring diagram 8, 11)
Brake press 50 bar x Shows input signal of brake pressure sensor (50 bar) as 0 (lower than 50 bar)
or 1 (higher than 50 bar). (SE5202) (wiring diagram 8, 11)
Brake failure x Shows input signal of brake failure pressure sensor as 0 (lower than 80 bar) or
1 (higher than 80 bar). (SE5203) (wiring diagram 4, 11)

ON/OFF INPUT 3
Brake press 5bar x
Brake press 50bar x
Brake failure x

On/off input 4

Steering pressure x Shows input signal of steering pressure sensor as 0 (low pressure) or 1
(normal). (SE6401) (wiring diagram 4)
Overload x Shows input signal of overload switch as 0 (normal) or 1 (overload). (SW9401)
(wiring diagram 4, 15)

ON/OFF INPUT 4
Steering pressure x
Overload x

On/off input 5

Turret alignment x Shows input signal of slew position sensor as 0 (not aligned) or 1 (aligned).
(SE4901) (wiring diagram 10)
Axle lock SW x Shows input signal of axle locking switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9151)
(wiring diagram 11)
Auto Axle lock x Shows input signal of auto axle locking sensor as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SE9156)
(wiring diagram 11)

ON/OFF INPUT 5
Turret alignment x
Axle lock SW x
Auto Axle lock x

On/off input 6

Boost SW x Shows input signal of boost switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9108) (wiring
diagram 15, 24)
Float SW x Shows input signal of float switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9158) (wiring
diagram 15, 24)
Hammer SW x Shows input signal of hammer switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9159) (wiring
diagram 19)

ON/OFF INPUT 6
Boost SW x
Float SW x
Hammer SW x

On/off input 7

Buzzer stop SW x Shows input signal of buzzer stop switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9160)
(wiring diagram 17)
Confirm SW x Shows input signal of confirm switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9160) (wiring
diagram 17
Hydraulic filter x Shows input signal of hydraulic oil filter pressure sensor as 0 (normal) or 1
(clogged). (SE9153) (wiring diagram 4)

ON/OFF INPUT 7
Buzzer stop SW x
Confirm SW x
Hydraulic filter x

On/off input 8

Hammer select SW x Shows input signal of hammer select switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9107)
(wiring diagram 19)
Shear select SW x Shows input signal of shear select switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9107)

ON/OFF INPUT 8
Hammer select SW x
Shear select SW x

On/off input 9

X3 left x Shows input signal of rotator left switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9405) (wiring
diagram 19, 24)
X3 right x Shows input signal of rotator right switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW9406)
(wiring diagram 19, 24)

ON/OFF INPUT 9
X3 left x
X3 right x

On/off input 10

Mode SW T x Shows input signal of mode select switch T as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW3613)
(wiring diagram 5, 10, 11, 16)
Mode SW W x Shows input signal of mode select switch W as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW3613)
(wiring diagram 5, 10, 11, 16)
Mode SW C x Shows input signal of mode select switch C as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW3613)
(wiring diagram 5, 10, 11, 16)

ON/OFF INPUT 10
Mode SW T x
Mode SW W x
Mode SW C x

On/off input 11

Low speed SW x Shows input signal of travel speed select switch LOW as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
(SW4202) (wiring diagram 10)
High speed SW x Shows input signal of travel speed select switch HIGH as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
(SW4202) (wiring diagram 10)

ON/OFF INPUT 11
Low speed SW x
High speed SW x

On/off input 12

Travel backw PS x Shows input signal of travel backward pressure sensor as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
(SE4203) (wiring diagram 10)
Travelalarm St SW x Shows input signal of travel alarm stop switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW3614)
(wiring diagram 10)
Parking PS x Shows input signal of parking brake pressure switch as 0 (normal) or 1 (low
pressure). (SE5501) (wiring diagram 11)

ON/OFF INPUT 12
Travel backw PS x
Travelalarm St SW x
Parking PS x

On/off input 13

Cruise SW x Shows input signal of cruise control switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON). (SW4201)
(wiring diagram 10)
Auto Idle PS x Shows input signal of pressure switch for automatic idle as 0 (nornal) or 1 (low
pressure). (SE9101) (wiring diagram 5)
Auto Idle SW x Shows input signal of automatic idle selection switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
(SW2703) (wiring diagram 5)

ON/OFF INPUT 13
Cruise SW x
Auto Idle PS x
Auto Idle SW x

Analogue input 1

Speed Control SW x Shows input signal of engine speed control switch as value (0-8).
(SW2701) (wiring diagram 5)
TM Sp. Sensor yyyy Shows input signal of transmission speed sensor as value (no. of pulses/
min). (SE4202) (wiring diagram 10)
Pedal sensor zzzz mV Shows input signal of travel pedal position sensor as voltage. (SE4201)
(wiring diagram 5, 10)

ANALOG INPUT 1
Speed Control SW x
TM Sp. Sensor yyyy
Pedal sensor zzzz mV

Analogue input 2

Hyd. Oil sen. zzzz mV Shows input signal of hydraulic oil temperature sensor as voltage. (SE9152)
(wiring diagram 4, 15)
Fuel level s. zzzz mV Shows input signal of fuel level sensor as voltage. (SE2303) (wiring diagram 22)

ANALOG INPUT 2
Hyd. Oil sen. zzzz mV
Fuel level s. zzzz mV
Analogue input 3

X5 zzzz mV Shows input signal of X5 proportional switch as voltage. (SW9161) (wiring


diagram 19)

ANALOG INPUT 3
X5 zzzzmV

On/off output 1

Cut Off Relay x Shows output signal of main relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error). (RE3101)
(wiring diagram 1)
Start lock Relay x Shows output signal of start lock relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error). (RE3301)
(wiring diagram 1, 3)
Safety Relay x Shows output signal of safety bar relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error). (RE9108)
(wiring diagram 11)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 1
Cut Off Relay x
Start lock Relay x
Safety Relay x

On/off output 2

Stop light x Shows output signal of stop light as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error). (LA3522/3523)
(wiring diagram 8)
Quick fit x Shows output signal of quickfit relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error). (RE9104)
(wiring diagram 17)
Boost x Shows output signal of power boost solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e
(error). (MA9107) (wiring diagram 15)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 2
Stop light x
Quick fit x
Boost x

On/off output 3

Float. x Shows output signal of float mode solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e
(error). (MA9119) (wiring diagram 15)
Axle lock x Shows output signal of axle lock solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error).
(MA9152) (wiring diagram 11)
Hammer pilot x Shows output signal of hammer pilot solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e
(error). (MA9104) (wiring diagram 19)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 3
Float. x
Axle lock x
Hammer pilot x

On/off output 4
X1 Pressure up x Shows output signal of X1 pressure up solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e
(error). (MA9151) (wiring diagram 19)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 4
X1 Pressure up x

On/off output 5

Travel solenoid x Shows output signal of travel solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error).
(MA4202) (wiring diagram 10, 11)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 5
Travel soleniod x

On/off Output 6

Gear Box sol. x Shows output signal of gearbox control solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e
(error). (MA4203) (wiring diagram 10)
Park brake sol. x Shows output signal of parking brake solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e
(error). (MA5501) (wiring diagram 11)
Q max sol. x Shows output signal of Q max solenoid valve as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error).
(MA4204) (wiring diagram 10)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 6
Gear Box sol. x
Park brake sol. x
Q max sol. x

On/off output 7

Cruise control x Shows output signal of cruise control relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error).
(RE4205) (wiring diagram 10)
Travel alarm x Shows output signal of travel alarm relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error).
(RE3601) (wiring diagram 10)
Backward light x Shows output signal of travel backward relay as 0 (OFF), 1 (ON) or e (error).
(RE3524) (wiring diagram 8)

ON/OFF OUTPUT 7
Cruise x
Travel alarm x
Backward light x
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service display unit, 387 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
hydraulics
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service display unit, hydraulics


Hydraulics 1
The following information is displayed on the unit:

xxx = Shows hydraulic oil temperature according to the unit that was selected for display or ER in
case of sensor error. (SE9152) (wiring diagram 4, 15)
yyyyyy = Shows signal of hydraulic oil filter pressure sensor as Normal or Error. (SE9153) (wiring
diagram 4)

HYDRAULIc 1
Oil Temp. xxx C
Oil filter yyyyyy

Hydraulics 2
The following information is displayed on the unit:

VD3 zzz mA = Shows VD3 valve current according to the unit that was selected for display or ER
in case of signal error. (PWM9101) (wiring diagram 16)
Cruise zzz mA = Shows cruise control valve current according to the unit that was selected for
display or ER in case of signal error. (MA4201, MA4205) (wiring diagram 10)

HYDRAULIc 2
VD3 zzz mA
Cruise zzz mA

Hydraulics 3
The following information is displayed on the unit:

X3/X5 left zzz mA = Shows X3/X5 left flow control valve current according to the unit that was
selected for display or ER in case of signal error. (MA9110) (wiring diagram
19)
X3/X5 right zzz mA = Shows X3/X5 right flow control valve current according to the unit that was
selected for display or ER in case of signal error. (MA9111) (wiring diagram
19)
X1 Flow zzz mA = Shows X1 flow control valve current according to the unit that was selected
for display or ER in case of signal error. (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)

HYDRAULIc 3
X3/X5 left zzz mA
X3/X5 right zzz mA
X1 Flow zzz mA
Hydraulics 4
The following information is displayed on the unit:

Oil cooler zzz mA = Shows oil cooler control valve current according to the unit that was selected
for display or ER in case of signal error. (PWM9102) (wiring diagram 15)
Coolant fan zzz mA = Shows coolant fan control valve current according to the unit that was
selected for display or ER in case of signal error. (PWM9107) (wiring diagram
15)
X1 Hrs yyyyyy h = Shows total accumulated hammer operating hours.

HYDRAULIc 4
Oil cooler zzz mA
Coolant fan zzz mA
X1 Hrs yyyyyy h

X1 calibration 1
The following information is displayed on the unit:

Flow 20L Shows flow rate on X1 line. (20 liter/min)


Current xxx mA = Shows current for the demanded flow on X1 flow control valve. (default value =
730 mA for first adjusting) (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)
#= Reduce current
*= Increase current
Approve current and proceed to next step
=

X1 CALIBRATION
Flow 20L
Current xxx mA
<:# >:* OK:V

X1 calibration 2
The following information is displayed on the unit:

Flow 40L Shows flow rate on X1 line. (40 liter/min)


Current xxx mA = Shows current for the demanded flow on X1 flow control valve. (default value
= 800 mA for first adjusting) (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)
#= Reduce current
*= Increase current
Approve current and proceed to next step
=

X1 CALIBRATION 2
Flow 40L
Current xxx mA
<:# >:* OK:V

X1 calibration 3
The following information is displayed on the unit:

Flow 80L Shows flow rate on X1 line. (80 liter/min)


Current xxx mA = Shows current for the demanded flow on X1 flow control valve. (default value =
820 mA for first adjusting) (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)
#= Reduce current
*= Increase current
Approve current and proceed to next step
=

X1 CALIBRATION 3
Flow 80L
Current xxx mA
<:# >:* OK:V

X1 calibration 4
The following information is displayed on the unit:

Flow 120L Shows flow rate on X1 line. (120 liter/min)


Current xxx mA = Shows current for the demanded flow on X1 flow control valve. (default value =
850 mA for first adjusting) (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)
#= Reduce current
*= Increase current
Approve current and proceed to next step
=

X1 CALIBRATION 4
Flow 120L
Current xxx mA
<:# >:* OK:V

X1 calibration 5
The following information is displayed on the unit:

Flow 160L Shows flow rate on X1 line. (160 liter/min)


Current xxx mA = Shows current for the demanded flow on X1 flow control valve. (default value =
880 mA for first adjusting) (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)
#= Reduce current
*= Increase current
Approve current and proceed to next step
=

X1 CALIBRATION 5
Flow 160L
Current xxx mA
<:# >:* OK:V

X1 calibration 6
The following information is displayed on the unit:

xxx = Shows current rating at 20 liter/min flow in X1 line.


yyy = Shows current rating at 160 liter/min flow in X1 line.

X1 CALIBRATION 6
SUCCESSFUL
60L = xxx mA
260L = yyy mA
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Service display unit, self- 387 Service Information 2014/5/7 0
diagnostics
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Service display unit, self-diagnostics


Diagnostics

xx = Total number of active errors


#= Select to delete errors
*= Delete all selected errors

DIAGNOSTIC

Total : xx

Diagnostics 1

11 = V-ECU program memory, calibration memory or controller failure


12 = E-ECU program memory, calibration memory or controller failure
13 = I-ECU program memory, calibration memory or controller failure
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 1
11 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
12 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
13 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 2

14 = T-ECU program memory, calibration memory or controller failure


15 = V-ECU J1939 communication failure
16 = E-ECU J1939 communication failure
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 2
14 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
15 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
16 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 3

17 = I-ECU J1939 communication failure


18 = T-ECU J1939 communication failure
19 = V-ECU J1587 communication failure
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 3
17 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
18 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
19 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 4

1A = E-ECU J1587 communication failure


1B = I-ECU J1587 communication failure
1C = T-ECU J1587 communication failure
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 4
1A w xxxxx yyyyy zz
1B w xxxxx yyyyy zz
1C w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 5

21 = High V-ECU battery voltage (over 30V)


22 = Low V-ECU battery voltage (below 20V)
23 = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 5
21 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
22 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
23 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 6
24 = High E-ECU battery voltage (over 30V)
25 = Low E-ECU battery voltage (below 20V)
26 = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 6
24 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
25 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
26 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 7

27 = High T-ECU battery voltage (over 30V)


28 = Low T-ECU battery voltage (below 20V)
29 = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 7
27 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
28 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
29 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 8

2A = Engine starter signal line failure (MO3301) (wiring diagram 1, 3)


2B = Unoccupied
2C = Stop light failure (LA3522, LA3523) (wiring diagram 8)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 8
2A w xxxxx yyyyy zz
2B w xxxxx yyyyy zz
2C w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 9

31 = Hydraulic oil temperature sensor failure or high hydraulic oil temperature (over 95 °C) (SE9152) (wiring
diagram 4, 15)
32 = Hydraulic oil filter clogging (SE9153) (wiring diagram 4)
33 = Brake failure (SE5203) (wiring diagram 4, 11)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 9
31 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
32 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
33 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 10

34 = Low steering pressure (SE6401) (wiring diagram 4)


35 = Overload (SW9401) (wiring diagram 4, 15)
36 = Quickfit check line failure (MA9109) (wiring diagram 17)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 10
34 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
35 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
36 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 11

37 = Low parking brake pressure (SE5501) (wiring diagram 11)


38 = Parking brake pressure switch failure (SE5501) (wiring diagram 11)
39 = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 11
37 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
38 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
39 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 12

3A = Unoccupied
3B = Quickfit solenoid valve failure (MA9109) (wiring diagram 17)
3C = Power boost solenoid valve failure (MA9107) (wiring diagram 15)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 12
3A w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3B w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3C w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 13

3D = Float mode solenoid valve failure (MA9119) (wiring diagram 15)


3E = Axle locking solenoid valve failure (MA9152) (wiring diagram 11)
3F = Hammer pilot solenoid valve failure (MA9104) (wiring diagram 19)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 13
3D w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3E w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3F w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 14

3G = X1 pressure increase solenoid valve failure (MA9151) (wiring diagram 19)


3H = X1 flow solenoid valve failure (PWM9103) (wiring diagram 19)
3I = Coolant fan solenoid valve failure (PWM9107) (wiring diagram 15)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 14
3G w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3H w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3I w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 15

3J = X5 right solenoid valve failure (MA9111) (wiring diagram 19)


3K = X5 left solenoid valve failure (MA9110) (wiring diagram 19)
3L = Oil cooler solenoid valve failure (PWM9102) (wiring diagram 15)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 15
3J w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3K w xxxxx yyyyy zz
3L w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 16

41 = Engine speed sensor failure at crankshaft (SE2701) (wiring diagram 5)


42 = Engine speed sensor failure at camshaft (SE2703) (wiring diagram 4, 5)
43 = Engine speed sensor failure at flywheel (SE2702) (wiring diagram 6)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 16
41 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
42 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
43 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 17

44 = Boost air temperature sensor failure (SE2507) (wiring diagram 5)


45 = Boost air pressure sensor failure (SE2508) (wiring diagram 5)
46 = Engine oil pressure sensor failure (SE2203) (wiring diagram 4)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 17
44 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
45 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
46 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 18

47 = Unoccupied
48 = Coolant temperature sensor failure (SE2601) (wiring diagram 3, 4, 15)
49 = Coolant level sensor failure (SE2603) (wiring diagram 4)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 18
47 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
48 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
49 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
Diagnostics 19

4A = Air inlet pressure sensor failure (SE2502) (wiring diagram 4, 5)


4B = Air inlet temperature sensor failure (SE2501) (wiring diagram 5)
4C = Ambient air pressure sensor failure (E-ECU)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 19
4A w xxxxx yyyyy zz
4B w xxxxx yyyyy zz
4C w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 20

4D = Fuel temperature sensor failure (SE2306) (wiring diagram 5)


4E = Fuel level sensor failure (SE2303) (wiring diagram 3, 22)
4F = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 20
4D w xxxxx yyyyy zz
4E w xxxxx yyyyy zz
4F w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 21

91 = Pump control solenoid valve failure (PWM9101) (wiring diagram 16)


92 = Vehicle speed sensor failure (SE4202) (wiring diagram 10)
93 = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 21
91 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
92 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
93 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 22

94 = Engine RPM control switch failure (SW2701) (wiring diagram 5)


95 = Travel pedal pressure sensor failure (SE4201) (wiring diagram 5, 10)
96 = Mode selection switch failure (SW3613) (wiring diagram 5, 10, 11, 16)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 22
94 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
95 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
96 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 23

97 = Vehicle travel speed switch failure (SW4202) (wiring diagram 10)


98 = Cruise control switch failure (SW4201) (wiring diagram 10)
99 = Unoccupied
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 23
97 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
98 w xxxxx yyyyy zz
99 w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 24

9A = Travel solenoid valve failure (MA4202) (wiring diagram 11)


9B = Unoccupied
9C = Parking brake solenoid valve failure (MA5501) (wiring diagram 11)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 24
9A w xxxxx yyyyy zz
9B w xxxxx yyyyy zz
9C w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 25

9D = Q-max relay failure (RE4204) (wiring diagram 10)


9E = Cruise control proportional valve failure (PWM4201) (wiring diagram 10)
9F = Cruise control relay failure (RE4205) (wiring diagram 10)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 25
9D w xxxxx yyyyy zz
9E w xxxxx yyyyy zz
9F w xxxxx yyyyy zz

Diagnostics 26

9G = Gearbox selection solenoid valve failure (MA4203) (wiring diagram 10)


9H = Backward travel light relay failure (RE3524) (wiring diagram 8)
9I = Travel alarm relay failure (RE3601) (wiring diagram 10)
w= Status of active errors; s or c (where s=error and c=no error)
xxxxx = Time of first occurrence (no. of machine hours)
yyyyy = Time of latest occurrence (no. of machine hours)
zz = Total number of occurrences
#= Select to delete errors

DIAGNOSTIC 26
9G w xxxxx yyyyy zz
9H w xxxxx yyyyy zz
9I w xxxxx yyyyy zz
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


Radio with tape player, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

Radio with tape player, description


 A high quality AM, FM radio and cassette tape unit, powered through the start switch.
 If the cassette mute switch (option) is installed and turned to ON, the audio through is cut off even when the
cassette power is ON.
 For the operating method, see the operator’s manual.

Figure 1
Radio with cassette
Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:


DC–DC converter, Service Information 2014/5/7 0
description
Profile:
EXC, EW180B [GB]

DC–DC converter, description


 The converter lowers battery voltage of 24V to supply the working voltage for cassette.

Figure 1
DC-DC converter

1 AVS 0.85 W (24 V) 4 AVS 0.85 BL (ACC)


2 AVS 0.85 R (12 V) 5 AVS 0.85 GN (B/U)
3 AVS 0.85 SB (GND)

Inspection method

 Put the tester in the voltage measuring position, and measure the voltage across the output and ground terminals.
Many thanks for your purchase.
Happy every day.

file:///C|/Users/yeqiwen/Documents/QIWEN-YE-END.txt[2014/5/7 21:44:51]

You might also like